1. 第一座位的天宫注释巴利
1. Paṭhamapīṭhavimānavaṇṇanā
这里,第一件事的缘起是这样的:世尊住在舍卫城祇园时,憍萨罗国波斯匿王为以佛陀为首的比丘僧团举办了为期七天的无与伦比的大布施。与此相应,大长者给孤独也供养了三天,大近事女毗舍佉同样作了三天大供养。这无与伦比的大布施的消息传遍了整个赡部洲。于是大众到处议论:“到底只有舍弃如此巨大的财富来布施,才能得到更大的果报呢?还是随自己财力所及来布施,也能得到大果报呢?”比丘们听到这些议论后,禀告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,布施并不是只因为所施之物丰盛就能得到更大的果报,而是凭借内心的净信和福田的殊胜。所以,哪怕只是一把米糠、一块碎布、一张草叶铺的坐垫,甚至只是腐尿诃梨勒那么一点,只要以清净的信心布施给值得受供养的人,这也会有大果报、大光辉、大影响。”正如诸天神之主帝释天神所说:巴利
Tattha paṭhamavatthussa ayaṃ aṭṭhuppatti – bhagavati sāvatthiyaṃ viharante jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme raññā pasenadinā kosalena buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa sattāhaṃ asadisadāne pavattite tadanurūpena anāthapiṇḍikena mahāseṭṭhinā tayo divase, tathā visākhāya mahāupāsikāya mahādāne dinne asadisadānassa pavatti sakalajambudīpe pākaṭā ahosi. Atha mahājano tattha tattha kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘kiṃ nu kho evaṃ uḷāravibhavapariccāgeneva dānaṃ mahapphalataraṃ bhavissati, udāhu attano vibhavānurūpapariccāgenāpī’’ti. Bhikkhū taṃ kathaṃ sutvā bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, deyyadhammasampattiyāva dānaṃ mahapphalataraṃ bhavissati, atha kho cittapasādasampattiyā ca khettasampattiyā ca, tasmā kuṇḍakamuṭṭhimattampi pilotikāmattampi tiṇapaṇṇasanthāramattampi pūtimuttaharītakamattampi vippasannena cetasā dakkhiṇeyyapuggale patiṭṭhāpitaṃ, tampi mahapphalataraṃ bhavissati mahājutikaṃ mahāvipphāra’’nti āha. Tathā hi vuttaṃ sakkena devānamindena –
“ 心清净时,供养就没有所谓微小的。
向如来正自觉者,或向他的弟子们。”巴利
‘‘Natthi citte pasannamhi, appikā nāma dakkhiṇā; Tathāgate vā sambuddhe, atha vā tassa sāvake’’ti. (vi. va. 804);
这场议论传遍了整个阎浮提洲。人们各随自己的能力,向沙门、婆罗门、穷人、流浪者、乞讨者行布施;在庭院中备好饮用水,在门廊里摆好座位。那时候,有一位以托钵乞食为生的长老,威仪具足——前进、后退、前视、侧视、屈伸、俯仰,都安详得体,目光低垂。他在临近中午时分,挨家挨户乞食,来到一户人家。那家里有一个良家女子,有信、心清净,看见长老后,生起了恭敬与尊重,引发了殊胜的喜悦和欢喜。她把长老请进屋里,以五体投地的方式礼拜,亲自铺好座位,又在座位上铺了一块黄色细软的布,供养给长老。长老在那里坐下后,她心想:“这是我殊胜的福田现前了。”于是以清净的信心,尽自己所能用饮食来供养,还拿起扇子为他扇风。长老吃完饭,做了该做的事,为她讲了与施座、施食等相关的法义,然后离开了。那个女子反复回想自己所作的布施和所听的法义,喜悦遍满全身,后来她把那张座椅也供养给了长老。巴利
Sā panesā kathā sakalajambudīpe vitthārikā ahosi. Manussā samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakayācakānaṃ yathāvibhavaṃ dānāni denti, gehaṅgaṇe pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhapenti, dvārakoṭṭhakesu āsanāni ṭhapenti. Tena ca samayena aññataro piṇḍapātacāriko thero pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno piṇḍāya caranto upakaṭṭhe kāle aññataraṃ gehaṃ sampāpuṇi. Tatthekā kuladhītā saddhā pasannā theraṃ passitvā sañjātagāravabahumānā uḷārapītisomanassaṃ uppādetvā gehaṃ pavesetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā attano pīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā tassa upari pītakaṃ maṭṭhavatthaṃ attharitvā adāsi. Atha there tattha nisinne ‘‘idaṃ mayhaṃ uttamaṃ puññakkhettaṃ upaṭṭhita’’nti pasannacittā yathāvibhavaṃ āhārena parivisi, bījaniñca gahetvā bīji. So thero katabhattakicco āsanadānabhojanadānādipaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kathetvā pakkāmi. Sā itthī taṃ attano dānaṃ tañca dhammakathaṃ paccavekkhantī pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭṭhasarīrā hutvā taṃ pīṭhampi therassa adāsi.
后来过了些时候,她染上一种病,命终之后,投生在三十三天的一座十二由旬大的金色天宫里。有一千名天女做她的随从。因为她布施座位的功德,她生出了一座一由旬大的金色宝座,能在空中飞行,速度极快,顶部像尖顶阁楼一样。因此,那座天宫就叫作“座席天宫”。正因为她当时铺上金色布料作布施,所以感得的果报也与那业行相似,天宫成了黄金所成;因为她当时喜悦之心极为强烈,所以宝座飞行极快;因为她是随顺受施者的心意、让他欢喜而布施的,所以宝座能随心中所想去哪里就去哪里;又因为她净信殊胜、成就广大,所以一切都极为庄严,具足超胜的美妙。巴利
Tato aparena samayena aññatarena rogena phuṭṭhā kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne nibbatti. Accharāsahassaṃ cassā parivāro ahosi, pīṭhadānānubhāvena cassā yojaniko kanakapallaṅko nibbatti ākāsacārī sīghajavo upari kūṭāgārasaṇṭhāno, tena taṃ ‘‘pīṭhavimāna’’nti vuccati. Tañhi suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ vatthaṃ attharitvā dinnattā kammasarikkhataṃ vibhāventaṃ suvaṇṇamayaṃ ahosi, pītivegassa balavabhāvena sīghajavaṃ, dakkhiṇeyyassa cittarucivasena dinnattā yathārucigāmī , pasādasampattiyā uḷāratāya sabbasova pāsādikaṃ sobhātisayayuttañca ahosi.
在某个节日,天神们各自凭自己的天界神通,前往欢喜园游玩。这时,那位天女穿着天衣,佩戴天饰,由一千名天女围绕,从自己的宫殿出来,登上那座座席天宫,以广大的天威神力、极大的祥瑞光辉,像月亮和太阳一样照耀四方,前往园林。就在那时,具寿大目犍连尊者正像前面所说的那样在天界游行,来到三十三天,在那位天女不远处让自己现身。那位天女看见他之后,立刻生起强烈而有力的净信与恭敬,急忙从宝座上下来,走到长老面前,五体投地顶礼,然后双手合十,十指相触、光明灿烂,恭敬地站着。长老虽然凭自己的随业赴往智之力,能以慧力像把余甘子果放在手掌中一样,直接看见那位天女和其他众生所积的善业与不善业,但因为天神们刚投生时,大多会依法的规律自然这样思惟:“我到底是从哪里死后投生到这里的?我造了什么善业才得到这样的成就?”并针对过去生和所积的业加以观察,她对此生起如实之智。所以,长老为了让包括天神在内的世间亲眼看见业果,想让那位天女亲口说出她所造的业——巴利
Athekasmiṃ ussavadivase devatāsu yathāsakaṃ dibbānubhāvena uyyānakīḷanatthaṃ nandanavanaṃ gacchantīsu sā devatā dibbavatthanivatthā dibbābharaṇavibhūsitā accharāsahassaparivārā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā taṃ pīṭhavimānaṃ abhiruyha mahatiyā deviddhiyā mahantena sirisobhaggena samantato cando viya sūriyo viya ca obhāsentī uyyānaṃ gacchati. Tena ca samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva devacārikaṃ caranto tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ upagato tassā devatāya avidūre attānaṃ dassesi. Atha sā devatā taṃ disvā samuppannabalavapasādagāravā sahasā pallaṅkato oruyha theraṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ paggayha namassamānā aṭṭhāsi. Thero kiñcāpi tāya aññehi ca sattehi yathūpacitaṃ kusalākusalaṃ attano yathākammūpagañāṇānubhāvena hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalakaṃ viya paññābalabhedena paccakkhato passati, tathāpi yasmā devatānaṃ upapattisamanantarameva ‘‘kuto nu kho ahaṃ cavitvā idhūpapannā, kiṃ nu kho kusalakammaṃ katvā imaṃ sampattiṃ paṭilabhāmī’’ti atītabhavaṃ yathūpacitañca kammaṃ uddissa yebhuyyena dhammatāsiddhā upadhāraṇā , tassā ca yāthāvato ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, tasmā tāya devatāya katakammaṃ kathāpetvā sadevakassa lokassa kammaphalaṃ paccakkhaṃ kātukāmo –
你的金色宝座高大华丽,快得像心念一样,你想去哪儿,它就带你去哪儿。
你打扮得漂漂亮亮,戴着花环,穿着华丽的衣服,浑身散发着光芒,就像云峰上的闪电一样耀眼。巴利
‘‘Pīṭhaṃ te sovaṇṇamayaṃ uḷāraṃ, manojavaṃ gacchati yenakāmaṃ; Alaṅkate malyadhare suvatthe, obhāsasi vijjurivabbha kūṭaṃ.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
我问你,有大神力的天女,
生而为人时,你做了什么福德?
你为什么会拥有这样炽盛的光明威力?
你的色相在一切方向都闪耀着。他说道——巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, Manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. āha –
“ 那位天神满心欢喜,被目犍连问及,
被问后回答了所问:这是何种业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
我曾经生在人当中、身为人类时,给前来的人布施了座位;
我合掌行礼致敬,也随自己的能力做了布施。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, abbhāgatānāsanakaṃ adāsiṃ; Abhivādayiṃ añjalikaṃ akāsiṃ, yathānubhāvañca adāsi dānaṃ.
因为那个业,我才有这样的容貌;因为那个业,我在这里才能有所成就。
各种我心里喜欢的受用,也都为我生起。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,具足大神力者,我来告诉你:我身为人类时所修的福德。
以此,我的威光如此炽盛,我的容色照耀一切方所。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
1 在这里,“座”可以指任何一种类似的东西:一段木头、店铺、祭祀用的台子、藤椅,或者以“masāraka”等特定名称称呼的木制等坐具。比如在“脚凳、踏板”中,指的是适合放脚的木头之类的东西;在“靠矮凳挪行者”中,指的是可以用手抓住的东西。而在某些地方,按当地的说法,“小座”就是指店铺。在“鬼神小座、天祠小座”中,指的是作为向天神献祭之处的台座。在“妙座”中,指的是用藤条等编织成面的坐具,也就是经里说的“拿来妙座”。又如“铺好的床与座。在制作床或座时”等语境中,指的是各种 masāraka 等不同种类、木制等材质的坐具。但在这里,应当理解为由那位天神的福德威力所化现、形如交脚座、广一由旬的黄金宫殿。巴利
1. Tattha pīṭhanti yaṃkiñci tādisaṃ dārukkhandhampi āpaṇampi balikaraṇapīṭhampi vettāsanampi masārakādivisesanāmaṃ dārumayādiāsanampi vuccati. Tathā hi ‘‘pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalika’’nti (mahāva. 209; cūḷava. 75) ettha pādaṭhapanayoggaṃ pīṭhādikaṃ dārukkhandhaṃ vuccati, ‘‘pīṭhasappī’’ti (mi. pa. 5.3.1) ettha hatthena gahaṇayoggaṃ. ‘‘Pīṭhikā’’ti pana ekaccesu janapadesu desavohārena āpaṇaṃ. ‘‘Bhūtapīṭhikā devakulapīṭhikā’’ti ettha devatānaṃ balikaraṇaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ pīṭhaṃ. ‘‘Bhaddapīṭha’’nti ettha vettalatādīhi upari vītaṃ āsanaṃ, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘bhaddapīṭhaṃ upānayī’’ti . ‘‘Supaññattaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ. Mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā kārayamānenā’’ti (pāci. 522) ca ādīsu masārakādibhedaṃ dārumayādiāsanaṃ. Idha pana pallaṅkākārasaṇṭhitaṃ devatāya puññānubhāvābhinibbattaṃ yojanikaṃ kanakavimānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
这里“te”这个音,在“那些看不见欢喜园的人,不能了知那种快乐”等句子里,是依据“ta”这个词,以主格复数的形式出现。而在“礼敬您,人中的良骏;礼敬您,人中的无上者”“礼敬您,佛陀、英雄”等句子里,则是依据“tumha”这个词,以与格的形式出现,意思是“对您”。在“您见到了什么?您听到了什么?您超越了所依,您粉碎了烦恼”等句子里,是以具格的形式出现。在“您的誓言是什么?您的梵行又是什么?”等句子里,是表示所属关系。这里也应该理解为表示所属关系,意思就是“您的”。巴利
Teti te-saddo ‘‘na te sukhaṃ pajānanti, ye na passanti nandana’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.11, 226) ta-saddassa vasena paccattabahuvacane āgato. ‘‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama (dī. ni. 3.278; su. ni. 549). Namo te buddha vīratthū’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.90) ca ādīsu tumha-saddassa vasena sampadāne, tuyhanti attho. ‘‘Kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ kinti te sutaṃ. Upadhī te samatikkantā, āsavā te padālitā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.400; su. ni. 551) ca ādīsu karaṇe. ‘‘Kiṃ te vataṃ kiṃ pana brahmacariya’’ntiādīsu (vi. va. 1251; jā. 1.10.92) sāmiatthe. Idhāpi sāmiatthe daṭṭhabbo. Tavāti hi attho.
在“黄金所成”(sovaṇṇamayaṃ)这个词里,suvaṇṇa 这个词出现在“金色、非金色、善趣、恶趣”以及“金色、妙音”等句子中时,指的是肤色美好;出现在“金色的鸟围绕着乌鸦”等句子中时,指的是金翅鸟;出现在“金色身,皮肤如紫金”等句子中时,指的是黄金。在这里也应当理解为黄金。因为与诸佛肤色相同,色泽美好,所以称为“金色”(suvaṇṇa)。suvaṇṇa 变成 sovaṇṇa,就像“vekataṃ vesamaṃ”中的变化一样。maya 这个词出现在“许可、同意,三明者,我们两人”等句子中时,是“我们”的意思。在“依靠我们,黄金的,出生的花环,美丽的洞穴”这里,是假立施设的意思。在“意所成、食喜、自身发光”等句子中,是“化生”的意思,即没有外缘、仅由意而生成,故说“意所成”。在“我何不自踏泥泞,作一切泥所成的小屋”等句子中,是“变易”的意思。在“施所成、戒所成”等句子中,只是填补词句的虚词。在这里也应当理解为“变易”之义或填补词句的虚词。若意思是“以黄金生成,是黄金所成”,那就应当理解:maya 这个词,就是“黄金的变易,是黄金所成”里“变易”的意思,把它说成“化生之义”也完全可以。若意思是“以黄金生成,是黄金”,那就应当理解:maya 这个词,只是“黄金本身就是黄金所成”一句里填补词句的虚词。巴利
Sovaṇṇamayanti ettha suvaṇṇa-saddo ‘‘suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate’’ti (ma. ni. 1.148) ca ‘‘suvaṇṇatā susaratā’’ti (khu. pā. 8.11) ca evamādīsu chavisampattiyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Kākaṃ suvaṇṇā parivārayantī’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.1.77) garuḷe. ‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo kañcanasannibhattaco’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.200) jātarūpe. Idhāpi jātarūpe eva daṭṭhabbo. Tañhi buddhānaṃ samānavaṇṇatāya sobhano vaṇṇo etassāti suvaṇṇanti vuccati. Suvaṇṇameva sovaṇṇaṃ yathā ‘‘vekataṃ vesama’’nti ca. Maya-saddo ca ‘‘anuññātapaṭiññātā, tevijjā mayamasmubho’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 599; ma. ni. 2.455) asmadatthe āgato. ‘‘Mayaṃ nissāya hemāya, jātamaṇḍo darī subhā’’ti ettha paññattiyaṃ. ‘‘Manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṃpabhā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.39; 3.38) nibbattiatthe, bāhirena paccayena vinā manasāva nibbattāti manomayāti vuttā. ‘‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ cikkhallaṃ madditvā sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭikaṃ kareyya’’ntiādīsu (pārā. 84) vikāratthe. ‘‘Dānamayaṃ sīlamaya’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.305) padapūraṇamatte. Idhāpi vikāratthe, padapūraṇamatte vā daṭṭhabbo. Yadā hi suvaṇṇena nibbattaṃ sovaṇṇamayanti ayamattho, tadā suvaṇṇassa vikāro sovaṇṇamayanti vikāratthe maya-saddo daṭṭhabbo, ‘‘nibbattiatthe’’tipi vattuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Yadā pana suvaṇṇena nibbattaṃ sovaṇṇanti ayamattho, tadā sovaṇṇameva sovaṇṇamayanti padapūraṇamatte maya-saddo daṭṭhabbo.
“殊胜的”(uḷāra)一词,兼有殊胜、最上、巨大三种含义。uḷāra 这个词,在“前后证得了殊胜的广大差别”(《相应部》5.376)等例句中,用的是殊胜的意思;在“跋差亚那尊者的确以殊胜的赞美称赞沙门乔达摩”(《中部》1.288)等例句中,用的是最上的意思;在“具有广大的财富、广大的名声、粗重的”(《法集论》894, 896;《中部》1.244)等例句中,用的是巨大的意思。而这座宫殿,因为能让享用它的人在悦意中不生厌倦,所以是殊胜的;因为具足一切善见等功德而值得称赞,所以是最上的;因为体量巨大、价值昂贵,所以是巨大的。结合这三种含义,这里就说为“殊胜的”(uḷāraṃ)。巴利
Uḷāranti paṇītampi seṭṭhampi mahantampi. Uḷāra-saddo hi ‘‘pubbenāparaṃ uḷāraṃ visesaṃ adhigacchatī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.376) paṇīte āgato. ‘‘Uḷārāya khalu bhavaṃ vacchāyano samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsāya pasaṃsatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.288) seṭṭhe. ‘‘Uḷārabhogā uḷārayasā oḷārika’’nti ca ādīsu (dha. sa. 894, 896; ma. ni. 1.244) mahante. Tampi ca vimānaṃ manuññabhāvena upabhuñjantānaṃ atittikaraṇatthena paṇītaṃ, samantapāsādikatādinā pasaṃsitatāya seṭṭhaṃ, pamāṇamahantatāya ca mahagghatāya ca mahantaṃ, tīhipi atthehi uḷāramevāti vuttaṃ uḷāranti.
在这里,“意”指的是心。虽然“意”这个词可以通指一切善心、不善心和无记心,但既然这里说的是“如心速行”,就应该理解为:这是就那种能在任何所缘上生起的唯作心的速度来说的。因此,它的速行就像心一样,正如“唇口”那样的构词方式,称为“如心速行”,意思是极其快速地行进。因为心转变极其轻快,即使极远的境域也能在刹那间到达,所以世尊这样说:“诸比丘,我不见还有其他任何一法能像心这样轻快地转变。”(《增支部》1.48)又说“远行、独行”(《法句经》37)。“去”:指那位天神从自己所住的宫殿出发,以虚空为道路,前往园林。巴利
Manojavanti ettha manoti cittaṃ. Yadipi mano-saddo sabbesampi kusalākusalābyākatacittānaṃ sādhāraṇavācī, ‘‘manojava’’nti pana vuttattā yattha katthaci ārammaṇe pavattanakassa kiriyamayacittassa vasena veditabbaṃ. Tasmā manaso viya javo etassāti manojavaṃ yathā oṭṭhamukhoti, ativiya sīghagamananti attho. Mano hi lahuparivattitāya atidūrepi visaye khaṇeneva nipatati, tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ lahuparivattaṃ, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, citta’’nti (a. ni. 1.48) ‘‘dūraṅgamaṃ ekacara’’nti (dha. pa. 37) ca. Gacchatīti tassā devatāya vasanavimānato uyyānaṃ uddissa ākāsena gacchati.
在这里,解说“随欲”一语中的“欲”这个词:出现在“诸欲多彩、甜蜜、令人愉悦,以种种形相搅乱人心”等语句中时,指的是可爱的色等感官对象;出现在“欲是欲、贪是欲”等语句中时,指的是欲求与贪染;出现在“烦恼欲、欲取”等语句中时,指的是所有贪;出现在“应说出称赞满足己欲的侍奉”等语句中时,指的是男女淫欲之事;出现在“此处住着三位随己欲而行的善男子”等语句中时,指的是对利益的希求;出现在“自依止、不依他、自在、随欲而行”等语句中时,指的是自在。这里也应视为自在,因此“随欲”是随其喜好、依天神之意愿而行的意思。巴利
Yenakāmanti ettha kāma-saddo ‘‘kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, virūparūpena mathenti citta’’ntiādīsu (su. ni. 50; theragā. 787) manāpiye rūpādivisaye āgato. ‘‘Chando kāmo rāgo kāmo’’tiādīsu (vibha. 564; mahāni. 1; cūḷani. 8 ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa) chandarāge. ‘‘Kilesakāmo kāmupādāna’’ntiādīsu (dha. sa. 1219; mahāni. 2) sabbasmiṃ lobhe. ‘‘Attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāseyyā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 291) gāmadhamme. ‘‘Santettha tayo kulaputtā attakāmarūpā viharantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.325; mahāva. 466) hitacchande. ‘‘Attādhīno aparādhīno bhujisso yenakāmaṃgamo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.221; ma. ni. 1.426) seribhāve. Idhāpi seribhāve eva daṭṭhabbo, tasmā yenakāmanti yathāruci, devatāya icchānurūpanti attho.
已装饰是指身体已经装饰好了,意思是:身体被手饰、足饰等各种天界装饰庄严起来,这些装饰种类多样,光网闪耀,各种宝石放出光明,重量多达六十车。“已装饰”在这里是呼唤格单数。“佩戴花鬘者”是说她戴着花鬘,因为她用天界的花装饰了头发等部位;这些花从如意树、巴利恰答卡树、相续蔓藤等生长出来,花瓣、花丝、花蕊由极纯净的黄金和各种宝石做成,四周闪耀、放出跃动的光芒,非常美丽。“穿着妙衣”是指穿着美好的衣服;这些天衣由如意蔓化现,颜色各不相同,极其纯净、光明灿烂,包括下衣、上衣、覆肩衣等。“发光”就是闪耀。“如闪电”就是像闪电一样。“于云峰”是指在雨云顶端,这里的“云峰”是宾格,表示处所。或者,“发光”也可以理解为含有原因义,即“使云峰发亮”。在此种情形下,“云峰”应当被视为纯粹表宾语意义的宾格词。巴利
Alaṅkateti alaṅkatagatte, nānāvidharaṃsijālasamujjalavividharatanavijjotitehi hatthūpagapādūpagādibhedehi saṭṭhisakaṭabhāraparimāṇehi dibbālaṅkārehi vibhūsitasarīreti attho. Sambodhane cetaṃ ekavacanaṃ. Malyadhareti kapparukkhapāricchattakasantānakalatādisambhavehi, suvisuddhacāmīkaravividharatanamayapattakiñjakkhakesarehi, samantato vijjotamānavipphurantakiraṇanikararucirehi dibbakusumehi sumaṇḍitakesahatthāditāya mālābhārinī. Suvattheti kappalatānibbattānaṃ, nānāvirāgavaṇṇavisesānaṃ suparisuddhabhāsurappabhānaṃ nivāsanuttariyapaṭicchadādīnaṃ dibbavatthānaṃ vasena sundaravatthe. Obhāsasīti vijjotasi. Vijjurivāti vijjulatā viya. Abbhakūṭanti valāhakasikhare. Bhummatthe hi etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Obhāsasīti vā antogadhahetuatthavacanaṃ, obhāsesīti attho. Imasmiṃ pakkhe ‘‘abbhakūṭa’’nti upayogatthe eva upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
这里的意思是:就像傍晚霞光染红的雨云峰顶,本来就发着光,当闪电从四周划出、到处闪耀时,就把它照得格外明亮;同样,这座宫殿由极其纯净的黄金所成,种种宝石光辉灿烂,本性就是明亮耀眼的,而你以一切装饰庄严自身,用自己身体的光、衣服和饰品的光从各处闪耀,就把它照得格外明亮。巴利
Ayañhettha attho – yathā nāma sañjhāpabhānurañjitaṃ rattavalāhakasikharaṃ pakatiyāpi obhāsamānaṃ samantato vijjotamānā vijjulatā niccharantī visesato obhāseti, evamevaṃ suparisuddhatapanīyamayaṃ nānāratanasamujjalaṃ pakatipabhassaraṃ imaṃ vimānaṃ tvaṃ sabbālaṅkārehi vibhūsitā sabbaso vijjotayantīhi attano sarīrappabhāhi vatthābharaṇobhāsehi ca visesato obhāsesīti.
这里,“凳”是指要被说明的对象,“云峰”是用来作比喻的词语。同样,“那”也是指要被说明的对象。这个“那”本来是针对“凳”而以属格说出的,但它同时也关联到“装饰、佩戴花鬘、穿着美好衣服、发光”这些词,于是转成主格,因此就说成了“你”。“如闪电”是用来作比喻的词语。“发光”这个词显示了本体和喻体两者的关联。因为“发光”这个词是关联“你”而以第二人称说出的,而关联“凳”时则转成第三人称。这里的“而”字应理解为被省略了。“随心所欲前往并发光”以及“如同被闪电照亮的云峰”,这些是以主格来理解的受格表达。同样,“凳”是要被限定的词,“那金制的、宏大的”等则是它的限定语。巴利
Ettha hi ‘‘pīṭha’’nti nidassetabbavacanametaṃ , ‘‘abbhakūṭa’’nti nidassanavacanaṃ. Tathā ‘‘te’’ti nidassetabbavacanaṃ. Tañhi ‘‘pīṭha’’nti idaṃ apekkhitvā sāmivacanena vuttampi ‘‘alaṅkate malyadhare suvatthe obhāsasī’’ti imāni padāni apekkhitvā paccattavasena pariṇamati, tasmā ‘‘tva’’nti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Vijjurivā’’ti nidassanavacanaṃ. ‘‘Obhāsasī’’ti idaṃ dvinnampi upameyyupamānānaṃ sambandhadassanaṃ. ‘‘Obhāsasī’’ti hi idaṃ ‘‘tva’’nti padaṃ apekkhitvā majjhimapurisavasena vuttaṃ, ‘‘pīṭha’’nti idaṃ apekkhitvā paṭhamapurisavasena pariṇamati. Ca-saddo cettha luttaniddiṭṭho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Gacchati yenakāmaṃ obhāsasī’’ti ca ‘‘vijjulatobhāsitaṃ abbhakūṭaṃ viyā’’ti paccattavasena cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ pariṇamati. Tathā ‘‘pīṭha’’nti visesitabbavacanametaṃ, ‘‘te sovaṇṇamayaṃ uḷāra’’ntiādi tassa visesanaṃ.
有人可能会问:既然已经说了“金制的”,而金子本身就是一切金属中最上等的,这里又是指天界的东西,那为什么还要说“宏伟的”呢?这不是多余吗?并不多余,因为并非没有种种差别。就像人间的金制品中,经过水银提炼的金子最殊胜、最纯净,胜过直接从矿里采出来的金子;而矿里采出来的金子,又比不上任何一种天金;天金当中,紫磨金胜过普通天金,苏婆那金又胜过紫磨金,阎浮檀金又胜过苏婆那金,辛伽金又胜过阎浮檀金。那才是一切当中最殊胜的。因此,帝释天神这样说:巴利
Nanu ca ‘‘sovaṇṇamaya’’nti vatvā suvaṇṇassa aggalohatāya seṭṭhabhāvato dibbassa ca idhādhippetattā ‘‘uḷāra’’nti na vattabbanti? Na, kiñci visesasabbhāvato. Yatheva hi manussaparibhogasuvaṇṇavikatito rasaviddhaṃ seṭṭhaṃ suvisuddhaṃ, tato ākaruppannaṃ, tato yaṃkiñci dibbaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, evaṃ dibbasuvaṇṇepi cāmīkaraṃ, cāmīkarato sātakumbhaṃ, sātakumbhato jambunadaṃ, jambunadato siṅgīsuvaṇṇaṃ. Tañhi sabbaseṭṭhaṃ. Tenāha sakko devānamindo –
“ 解脱者与解脱者们一起,与旧结髻者们一起;彻底解脱者与彻底解脱者们一起。
世尊肤色如阎浮檀金,进入了王舍城。”巴利
‘‘Mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, vippamutto vippamuttehi; Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā’’ti. (mahāva. 58);
所以,说了“金制的”之后,又说“宏大”。或者,“宏大”这个词并不只是指它最殊胜、最精纯的状态,而是也包括了它广大的状态,所以才这样说。在这里,“凳”等说法是为了显示果报与业行相似。其中,用“金制的”显示那座天宫在物质基础上的成就,用“宏大”显示它殊胜光辉的成就,用“快如心意”显示它运行方面的成就,用“想去哪里就去哪里”显示它因为极其迅速而具备的凳的殊胜状态。巴利
Tasmā ‘‘sovaṇṇamaya’’nti vatvāpi ‘‘uḷāra’’nti vuttaṃ. Atha vā ‘‘uḷāra’’nti idaṃ na tassa seṭṭhapaṇītabhāvameva sandhāya vuttaṃ, atha kho mahantabhāvampīti vuttovāyamattho . Ettha ca ‘‘pīṭha’’ntiādi phalassa kammasarikkhatādassanaṃ. Tatthāpi ‘‘sovaṇṇamaya’’nti iminā tassa vimānassa vatthusampadaṃ dasseti, ‘‘uḷāra’’nti iminā sobhātisayasampadaṃ, ‘‘manojava’’nti iminā gamanasampadaṃ. ‘‘Gacchati yenakāma’’nti iminā sīghajavatāya pīṭhasampattibhāvasampadaṃ dasseti.
或者,用“金制的”来显示它的殊胜,用“宏大”来显示它的广大,用“快如心意”来显示它威力的广大,用“想去哪里就去哪里”来显示它居住的安乐。又或者,用“金制的”来显示它的美丽和色泽出众,用“宏大”来显示它的赏心悦目和令人欢喜,用“快如心意”来显示它迅速到达的能力,用“想去哪里就去哪里”来显示它无论到哪里都毫无阻碍地行走。巴利
Atha vā ‘‘sovaṇṇamaya’’nti iminā tassa paṇītabhāvaṃ dasseti, ‘‘uḷāra’’nti iminā vepullamahattaṃ. ‘‘Manojava’’nti iminā ānubhāvamahattaṃ. ‘‘Gacchati yenakāma’’nti iminā vihārasukhattaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Sovaṇṇamaya’’nti vā iminā tassa abhirūpataṃ vaṇṇapokkharatañca dasseti, ‘‘uḷāra’’nti iminā dassanīyataṃ pāsādikatañca dasseti, ‘‘manojava’’nti iminā sīghasampadaṃ, ‘‘gacchati yenakāma’’nti iminā katthaci appaṭihatacārataṃ dasseti.
或者也可以这样理解:那座天宫是某种福业所感得的果报。因为那业力来自无贪,所以天宫是黄金所成;因为来自无嗔,所以它殊胜宏伟;因为来自无痴,所以它能像心念一样迅疾,想去哪里就去哪里。同样地,由于那业力以信心为果报,所以天宫是黄金所成;以智慧为果报,所以殊胜宏伟;以精进为果报,所以能像心念一样迅疾;以定为果报,所以想去哪里就去哪里。或者也可以这样理解:由于信心与定力的果报,所以是黄金所成;由于定力与智慧的果报,所以殊胜宏伟;由于定力与精进的果报,所以能像心念一样迅疾;由于定力与正念的果报,所以想去哪里就去哪里。巴利
Atha vā taṃ vimānaṃ yassa puññakammassa nissandaphalaṃ, tassa alobhanissandatāya sovaṇṇamayaṃ, adosanissandatāya uḷāraṃ, amohanissandatāya manojavaṃ gacchati yenakāmaṃ. Tathā tassa kammassa saddhānissandabhāvena sovaṇṇamayaṃ, paññānissandabhāvena uḷāraṃ, vīriyanissandabhāvena manojavaṃ, samādhinissandabhāvena gacchati yenakāmaṃ. Saddhāsamādhinissandabhāvena vā sovaṇṇamayaṃ, samādhipaññānissandabhāvena uḷāraṃ, samādhivīriyanissandabhāvena manojavaṃ, samādhisatinissandabhāvena gacchati yenakāmanti veditabbaṃ.
在这里,就像用“座凳”等词,通过展示天宫的华丽来赞叹那位天女福报果实的丰盛;同样,用“装饰过的”等词,通过展示她自身的华丽来赞叹福报果实的丰盛。就好比由技艺精湛的工匠打造、镶嵌着闪耀各种光芒的宝珠的红金饰品,正因为镶了宝珠才显得美丽,光是一块金子并不好看;同样,一个四肢健全、相貌端正的身体,也正因为精心打扮、佩戴装饰才显得美丽,光着身子并不好看。因此,用“装饰过的”等词为她显示通过佩戴装饰而得到的外在殊胜之美,用“你照耀着”显示不靠装饰、自然具有的内在之美。同样,前者显示由现在装饰之缘所产生的殊胜美丽,后者显示由过去业缘所产生的殊胜美丽。或者也可以说,前者显示她所受用物品的圆满,后者显示受用者本身的圆满。巴利
Tattha yathā ‘‘pīṭha’’ntiādi vimānasampattidassanavasena tassā devatāya puññaphalavibhavasampattikittanaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘alaṅkate’’tiādi attabhāvasampattidassanavasena puññaphalavibhavasampattikittanaṃ. Yathā hi susikkhitasippācariyaviracitopi rattasuvaṇṇālaṅkāro vividharaṃsijālasamujjalamaṇiratanakhacito eva sobhati, na kevalo, evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanno caturassasobhanopi attabhāvo sumaṇḍitapasādhitova sobhati, na kevalo. Tenassā ‘‘alaṅkate’’tiādinā āharimaṃ sobhāvisesaṃ dasseti, ‘‘obhāsasī’’ti iminā anāharimaṃ. Tathā purimena vattamānapaccayanimittaṃ sobhātisayaṃ dasseti, pacchimena atītapaccayanimittaṃ. Purimena vā tassā upabhogavatthusampadaṃ dasseti, pacchimena upabhuñjanakavatthusampadaṃ.
这里有人问:那座天宫是有坐骑驾驶的,还是没有坐骑驾驶的?虽然在天界里确实也有由坐骑驾驶的车乘天宫,比如经文里说“套着上千匹良马的骏马之车”,但那些天子只是在办事的时候,才把自己显现成坐骑的样子,就像埃拉瓦纳天子在嬉戏时显现为大象的样子一样。而这座天宫,以及其他类似的天宫,应当看作是没有坐骑驾驶的。巴利
Etthāha ‘‘kiṃ pana taṃ vimānaṃ yuttavāhaṃ, udāhu ayuttavāha’’nti? Yadipi devaloke rathavimānāni yuttavāhānipi honti ‘‘sahassayuttaṃ ājaññaratha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.264) ādivacanato, te pana devaputtā eva kiccakaraṇakāle vāharūpena attānaṃ dassenti yathā erāvaṇo devaputto kīḷanakāle hatthirūpena. Idaṃ pana aññañca edisaṃ ayuttavāhaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
如果是这样,那么这座天宫在行进时,是以内部的风界作为特别的因缘,还是以外部风界作为因缘呢?应当理解为是以内部风界。就像月亮天宫、太阳天宫等移往别处时,是由依赖它们而活的有情们共业所生、极其迅猛的巨大风轮推动着它们运行,但并非如此有外部风界推动这座天宫运行。又像轮宝,是依靠内部生起的风界而运转。轮宝并不像月亮天宫等那样有外部风界来推动它运转,因为转轮王心中生起意愿、刚说完“请轮宝运转吧”等话,它当下就运转了。同样,那位天女的天宫,也是依她的意愿,由依附于自身的内部风界而行进。因此说“以心速而行,随心所欲前往”。巴利
Yadi evaṃ kiṃ tassa vimānassa abbhantarā vāyodhātu gamane visesapaccayo, udāhu bāhirāti? Abbhantarāti gahetabbaṃ. Yathā hi candavimānasūriyavimānādīnaṃ desantaragamane tadupajīvīnaṃ sattānaṃ sādhāraṇakammanibbattaṃ ativiya sīghajavaṃ mahantaṃ vāyumaṇḍalaṃ tāni pelentaṃ pavatteti, na evaṃ taṃ peletvā pavattentī bāhirā vāyodhātu atthi. Yathā ca pana cakkaratanaṃ antosamuṭṭhitāya vāyodhātuyā vasena pavattati. Na hi tassa candavimānādīnaṃ viya bāhirā vāyodhātu peletvā pavattikā atthi rañño cakkavattissa cittavasena ‘‘pavattatu bhavaṃ cakkaratana’’ntiādivacanasamananantarameva pavattanato, evaṃ tassā devatāya cittavasena attasannissitāya vāyodhātuyā gacchatīti veditabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘manojavaṃ gacchati yenakāma’’nti.
2 2. 这样,先用第一首偈颂赞叹了那位天神的福果成就,现在为了说明它的原因——福德成就,便说了“你因何而有这样的容色”等两首偈颂。其中,“因何”的“何”字,在“为何国王不保护世间?你们究竟认为该对我说什么?”这类语句里,是表示责备;在“无论什么色,过去、未来、现在……”这类语句里,是表示不确定;在“在这世间,什么才是人最殊胜的财富?”这类语句里,是用于提问。这里也应当理解为提问。“因何”是表示原因的具格,意思是“以什么为因”。“你”指“你的”。“这样”就是“如此”,意思是“现在所显现成的这个样子”。“容色”的“色”字,在“居士,那么这些关于沙门乔达摩的功德,你们是何时听说的?”这类语句里,是“功德”的意思;在“以种种方式赞叹佛陀的功德,赞叹法的功德,赞叹僧的功德”这类语句里,是“称扬”的意思;在“那么,是以什么原因,被称为香象呢?”这类语句里,是“原因”的意思;在“钵有三种量”这类语句里,是“量”的意思;在“乔达摩尊者,有这四种种姓”这类语句里,是“种姓”的意思;在“化作一头巨大的象王身形”这类语句里,是“形状”的意思;在“世尊是金色的肤色,牙齿非常洁白,具足勇力”这类语句里,是“肤色”的意思。这里也应当理解为“肤色”。这里的意思就是:天神啊,是以什么样的、怎样的殊胜福德作为因,才使你如今有这样遍满十二由旬、散发光芒的身体肤色呢?巴利
2. Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya tassā devatāya puññaphalasampattiṃ kittetvā idāni tassā kāraṇabhūtaṃ puññasampadaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘kena tetādiso vaṇṇo’’tiādi gāthādvayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha kenāti kiṃ-saddo ‘‘kiṃ rājā yo lokaṃ na rakkhati, kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhe maṃ vattabbaṃ maññathā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 424) garahaṇe āgato. ‘‘Yaṃkiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppanna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.244; saṃ. ni. 3.59) aniyame. ‘‘Kiṃ sūdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭha’’ntiādīsu (su. ni. 183; saṃ. ni. 1.73) pucchāyaṃ. Idhāpi pucchāyameva daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Kenā’’ti ca hetuatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, kena hetunāti attho. Teti tava. Etādisoti ediso, etarahi yathādissamānoti attho. Vaṇṇoti vaṇṇa-saddo ‘‘kadā saññūḷhā pana te, gahapati, ime samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.77) guṇe āgato. ‘‘Anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.4) thutiyaṃ. ‘‘Atha kena nu vaṇṇena, gandhathenoti vuccatī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.234; jā. 1.6.116) kāraṇe. ‘‘Tayo pattassa vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 602) pamāṇe. ‘‘Cattārome, bho gotama, vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.115; ma. ni. 2.379-380) jātiyaṃ. ‘‘Mahantaṃ hatthirājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’tiādīsu saṇṭhāne. ‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā, susukkadāṭhosi vīriyavā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 553) chavivaṇṇe. Idhāpi chavivaṇṇe eva daṭṭhabbo. Ayañhettha attho – kena kīdisena puññavisesena hetubhūtena devate, tava etādiso evaṃvidho dvādasayojanāni pharaṇakappabho sarīravaṇṇo jātoti?
“你在这里靠什么成就?”意思是:靠什么样的殊胜福德,让你在这里、在现在、在你身上所获得的广大善行果报得以成就、圆满?“生起”就是产生,意思是以不间断的方式一再持续存在。“受用物”是指因可被享用而得名为“受用物”的衣服、饰品等各种财物。“心意所喜”应为心意所喜爱之物,即可意、可乐的事物。“凡是”是用笼统的方式不加限定地指出,“任何”则是点出种类差别之后仍不加限定地指出;这两种说法合起来,是把那里所能得到的上等、更上等等等各种受用物毫无遗漏地全部涵盖进去。因为这是无余周延的说明,正如“凡所有行”一样。巴利
Kena te idha mijjhatīti kena puññātisayena te idha imasmiṃ ṭhāne idāni tayi labbhamānaṃ uḷāraṃ sucaritaphalaṃ ijjhati nipphajjati. Uppajjantīti nibbattanti, avicchedavasena uparūpari vattantīti attho. Bhogāti paribhuñjitabbaṭṭhena ‘‘bhogā’’ti laddhanāmā vatthābharaṇādivittūpakaraṇavisesā. Yeti sāmaññena aniyamaniddeso, kecīti pakārabhedaṃ āmasitvā aniyamaniddeso, ubhayenāpi paṇītapaṇītatarādibhede tattha labbhamāne tādise bhoge anavasesato byāpetvā saṅgaṇhāti. Anavasesabyāpako hi ayaṃ niddeso yathā ‘‘ye keci saṅkhārā’’ti. Manaso piyāti manasā piyāyitabbā, manāpiyāti attho.
在这里,“这样的容色”这句话,显示的是前面所说的那些特征,也就是那位天女自身所具备的容色成就。“受用物”这句话,显示的是可作为享受和受用对象的种种欲乐成就,包括天界的色、声、香、味、触等各类。“心意所喜”这句话,显示的是那些色等对象令人喜欢、可爱、合意的性质。“在此处成就”这句话,显示的则是天界的寿命、容色、快乐、声誉、主宰等成就。“凡是心意所喜”这句话,应当理解为毫无遗漏地总括了经中(《相应部》4.341)所说的十种情况:“他以十种方式胜过其他诸天神:天界的寿命、天界的容色、天界的快乐、天界的声誉、天界的主宰,以及天界的色、声、香、味、触。”巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘etādiso vaṇṇo’’ti iminā heṭṭhā vuttavisesā tassā devatāya attabhāvapariyāpannā vaṇṇasampadā dassitā. ‘‘Bhogā’’ti iminā upabhogaparibhogavatthubhūtā dibbarūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbabhedā kāmaguṇasampadā. ‘‘Manaso piyā’’ti iminā tesaṃ rūpādīnaṃ iṭṭhakantamanāpatā. ‘‘Idha mijjhatī’’ti iminā pana dibbaāyuvaṇṇayasasukhaādhipateyyasampadā dassitā. ‘‘Ye keci manaso piyā’’ti iminā yāni ‘‘so aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhiggaṇhāti dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena ādhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.341) sutte āgatāni dasa ṭhānāni. Tesaṃ idha anavasesato saṅgaho dassitoti veditabbo.
3 我问,就是提出问题,意思是我想知道。虽然从“你以什么因由得到这样的容色,你以什么因由在这里成就,你做了什么福德,你为什么会这样闪耀威光”这些带“何”字的语句本身,就已经能看出这三首偈颂是以提问的方式说出来的,并没有别的意思,但为了特别说明这是一种什么样的提问,才又说“我问”。因为这种提问,首先不是为了揭示未知——像这样的法义,大长老不可能不知道;其次也不是为了断除疑惑——因为一切疑惑早已彻底断尽;也不是征求认可的提问——不像“大王,您意下如何”那样,是以征求同意的方式进行的;更不是自己想讲而发问,因为大长老并没有以想让那位天女讲述的方式发问。应当知道,这特别是一种印证所见的提问。这个意思在前文讲述缘起时,已经用“大长老即使……”等话说明过了。“你”,就是指你。这个词兼顾前后:从前面的提问者来看,它是宾格单数;从后面被问的对象来看,则应看作体格单数。巴利
3.Pucchāmīti pañhaṃ karomi, ñātumicchāmīti attho. Kāmañcetaṃ ‘‘kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati. Kimakāsi puññaṃ, kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā’’ti ca kiṃ-saddaggahaṇeneva atthantarassa asambhavato pucchāvasena gāthāttayaṃ vuttanti viññāyati. Pucchāvisesabhāvañāpanatthaṃ pana ‘‘pucchāmī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ayañhi pucchā adiṭṭhajotanā tāva na hoti edisassa atthassa mahātherassa adiṭṭhabhāvābhāvato, vimaticchedanāpi na hoti sabbaso samugghātitasaṃsayattā, anumatipucchāpi na hoti ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi rājaññā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.413) viya anumatigahaṇākārena appavattattā, kathetukamyatāpucchāpi na hoti tassā devatāya kathetukamyatāvasena therena apucchitattā. Visesena pana diṭṭhasaṃsandanāti veditabbā. Svāyamattho heṭṭhā aṭṭhuppattikathāyaṃ ‘‘thero kiñcāpī’’tiādinā vibhāvito eva. Tanti tvaṃ. Tayidaṃ pubbāparāpekkhaṃ, pubbāpekkhatāya upayogekavacanaṃ, parāpekkhatāya pana paccattekavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
“女神”在这里,“天”这个词,在“大王,这八万四千座以拘舍婆提王城为首的城镇,大王,请对生命生起欲求、顾念吧”等语句中,是依假名天而用的;在“那位天中之天的教法,为一切见者所宣说”等语句中,是依清净天而用的。因为当说世尊是清净天中的天中之天时,其余那些天的含义也就自然说到了。在“四大王天的诸天神长寿、美貌、多乐”等语句中,则是依化生天而用的。在这里,也应当知道是依化生天而用。从词义上说:她以自己的福德之力闪耀、游戏、嬉戏,享受五种欲乐;或者按前面所说的方式,发光、发亮,并且乘着天宫在空中行走,所以叫“女神”。“你是女神”是呼格单数。“大威光者”,意思是具有广大的光辉,而她的那种威光,已经在前面两首偈颂中显示过了。巴利
Devīti ettha deva-saddo ‘‘imāni te deva caturāsīti nagarasahassāni kusavatīrājadhānipamukhāni, ettha, deva, chandaṃ karohi jīvite apekkha’’nti ca ādīsu (dī. ni. 2.266) sammutidevavasena āgato, ‘‘tassa devātidevassa, sāsanaṃ sabbadassino’’tiādīsu visuddhidevavasena. Visuddhidevānañhi bhagavato atidevabhāve vutte itaresaṃ vutto eva hotīti. ‘‘Cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.337) upapattidevavasena. Idhāpi upapattidevavaseneva veditabbo. Padatthato pana – dibbati attano puññiddhiyā kīḷati laḷati pañcahi kāmaguṇehi ramati, atha vā heṭṭhā vuttanayena jotati obhāsati, ākāsena vimānena ca gacchatīti devī. ‘‘Tvaṃ devī’’ti sambodhane cetaṃ ekavacanaṃ. Mahānubhāveti uḷārappabhāve, so panassānubhāvo heṭṭhā dvīhi gāthāhi dassitoyeva.
这里说的“曾为人”,是指由于人的心意特别强盛,所以称为人;他们因为具足正念、勇敢、能够修梵行等功德,心意得到增长,是具有殊胜功德心的人。那么他们是哪些人呢?是住在赡部洲的一类特殊众生。因此世尊说:巴利
Manussabhūtāti ettha manassa ussannatāya manussā, satisūrabhāvabrahmacariyayogyatādiguṇavasena upacitamānasā ukkaṭṭhaguṇacittā. Ke pana te? Jambudīpavāsino sattavisesā. Tenāha bhagavā –
比丘们,赡部洲的人在三件事上胜过北俱卢洲的人和三十三天的天人。是哪三件呢?勇敢、有正念、在这里修梵行。巴利
‘‘Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi jambudīpakā manussā uttarakuruke manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṃse. Katamehi tīhi? Sūrā, satimanto, idha brahmacariyavāso’’ti (a. ni. 9.21).
同样地,诸佛陀、诸世尊、诸独觉佛、上首弟子、大弟子、转轮王,以及其他有大神力的众生,都只在这里出现。不过有些人说:因为和那些众生有相同的形貌等,所以连同小岛的居民,其他大洲的居民也被称为“人”。巴利
Tathā hi buddhā bhagavanto paccekabuddhā aggasāvakā mahāsāvakā cakkavattino aññe ca mahānubhāvā sattā ettheva uppajjanti. Tehi samānarūpāditāya pana saddhiṃ parittadīpavāsīhi itaramahādīpavāsinopi ‘‘manussā’’tveva paññāyiṃsūti eke.
另有一些论师说:因为与贪等以及无贪等相应的意极为增盛,所以称为人。确实,凡是属于人趣的有情,在他们当中,贪等和无贪等尤其增盛;他们因为贪等增盛,就圆满恶道;因为无贪等增盛,就圆满善趣道和通往涅槃的道路。因此,由于与贪等以及无贪等相应的意极为增盛,连同小岛居民一起,四大洲的各类有情就被称为人。巴利
Apare pana bhaṇanti – lobhādīhi alobhādīhi ca sahitassa manassa ussannatāya manussā. Ye hi sattā manussajātikā, tesu visesato lobhādayo alobhādayo ca ussannā, te lobhādiussannatāya apāyamaggaṃ, alobhādiussannatāya sugatimaggaṃ nibbānagāmimaggañca pūrenti, tasmā lobhādīhi alobhādīhi ca sahitassa manassa ussannatāya parittadīpavāsīhi saddhiṃ catumahādīpavāsino sattavisesā ‘‘manussā’’ti vuccantīti.
世间论者则说:“因为是玛奴的后代,所以叫人。”玛奴是劫初之人,是世间轨范的开创者,为众生分辨有利与不利,像众生的父亲一样,在教法里被称为“大选出”。直接或间接依循他的教导和训诫而安住的有情,因为像他的孩子一样,就被称为“人”。也正因为这样,那些年轻人也被称作“人子”。在人中出生、投生,或者已经达到人的状态,就是“人者”。巴利
Lokiyā pana ‘‘manuno apaccabhāvena manussā’’ti vadanti. Manu nāma paṭhamakappiko lokamariyādāya ādibhūto hitāhitavidhāyako sattānaṃ pituṭṭhāniyo, yo sāsane ‘‘mahāsammato’’ti vuccati. Paccakkhato paramparāya ca tassa ovādānusāsaniyaṃ ṭhitā sattā puttasadisatāya ‘‘manussā’’ti vuccanti. Tato eva hi te māṇavā ‘‘manujā’’ti ca voharīyanti. Manussesu bhūtā jātā, manussabhāvaṃ vā pattāti manussabhūtā.
他做了什么福德?意思是:在布施、持戒等种种善行当中,他造作了哪一种能产生可敬果报的福德?所谓福德,就是善行、善业,因为它能净化、清净自己生起的那一相续,所以得到福德这个名字。他造作了、积集了、生起了福德。威德闪耀,是指福德之力全面光辉灿烂。巴利
Kimakāsi puññanti kiṃ dānasīlādippabhedesu kīdisaṃ pujjabhāvaphalanibbattanato, yattha sayaṃ uppannaṃ, taṃ santānaṃ punāti visodhetīti ca ‘‘puñña’’nti laddhanāmaṃ sucaritaṃ kusalakammaṃ akāsi, upacini nibbattesīti attho. Jalitānubhāvāti sabbaso vijjotamānapuññiddhikā.
为什么这里要问“生而为人时做了什么福德”呢?难道在其他趣里就没有修福的机会吗?不是没有。因为就算在地狱里,有时也确实能生起欲界善心,更何况在其他地方呢?我们不是已经说过“这是见后追问的问法”吗?所以,大长老看到她过去在人的身份上做了福德业之后是这样投生的,就按实际情况发问:“生而为人时做了什么福德?”巴利
Kasmā panettha ‘‘manussabhūtā kimakāsi puñña’’nti vuttaṃ, kiṃ aññāsu gatīsu puññakiriyā natthīti? No natthi. Yasmā nirayepi nāma kāmāvacarakusalacittapavatti kadāci labbhateva, kimaṅgaṃ panaññattha, nanu avocumhā ‘‘diṭṭhasaṃsandanā pucchā’’ti. Tasmā mahāthero manussattabhāve ṭhatvā puññakammaṃ katvā uppannaṃ taṃ disvā bhūtatthavasena pucchanto ‘‘manussabhūtā kimakāsi puñña’’nti avoca.
或者,在其他趣中,由于纯粹是乐、纯粹是苦、或者苦多乐少,修福的机会不容易得到,因为亲近善士等诸缘和合极为难得。即使偶尔生起,按照上面所说的原因,也不会广大丰厚。但在人趣中,由于乐多,修福的机会容易得到,因为亲近善士等诸缘和合大多数时候都容易具足。而且在那里生起的苦,也特别成为修福的近因,因为确实“信心以苦为近因”。就像锻造刀剑时,单靠火烧或单靠水浸,并不能成为切割能力的殊胜助缘,但烧过之后再适度水淬,就成为切割的殊胜助缘。同样,有情相续中纯粹是苦、苦多、或者纯粹是乐的状态,并不能成为修福的殊胜助缘。然而,当有苦的烧炼,又适度获得乐的滋润作为近因时,修福就会生起;一旦生起,就具有大光明、大威力,能够断除对立面。因此,人的身份是修福的殊胜助缘。所以大长老说:“生而为人者曾作何福?”其余内容容易理解。巴利
Atha vā aññāsu gatīsu ekantasukhatāya ekantadukkhatāya dukkhabahulatāya ca puññakiriyāya okāso na sulabharūpo sappurisūpanissayādipaccayasamavāyassa sudullabhabhāvato. Kadāci uppajjamānopi yathāvuttakāraṇena uḷāro vipulo na ca hoti, manussagatiyaṃ pana sukhabahulatāya puññakiriyāya okāso sulabharūpo sappurisūpanissayādipaccayasamavāyassa yebhuyyena sulabhabhāvato. Yañca tattha dukkhaṃ uppajjati, tampi visesato puññakiriyāya upanissayo hoti. Dukkhūpanissayā hi saddhāti. Yathā hi ayoghanena satthake nipphādiyamāne tassa ekantato na aggimhi tāpanaṃ udakena vā temanaṃ chedanakiriyāsamatthatāya visesapaccayo, tāpetvā pana pamāṇayogato udakatemanaṃ tassā visesapaccayo, evameva sattasantānassa ekantadukkhasamaṅgitā dukkhabahulatā ekantasukhasamaṅgitā ca puññakiriyāya na visesapaccayo hoti. Sati pana dukkhasantāpane pamāṇayogato sukhūpabrūhane ca laddhūpanissayā puññakiriyā uppajjati, uppajjamānā ca mahājutikā mahāvipphārā paṭipakkhachedanasamatthā ca hoti, tasmā manussabhāvo puññakiriyāya visesapaccayo . Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘manussabhūtā kimakāsi puñña’’nti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
4 长老这样问过之后,那位天神就回答了问题。为了说明这件事,诵出了“那位天神满心欢喜”等偈颂。那么,这些偈颂是谁说的呢?是结集法藏的人说的。其中,“那位”指的就是前面以“大威德的天女,我请问你”等语所问到的那位。“天神”这个词,既可以指天子,也可以指梵天神,还可以指天女。比如在“那时,有一位天神在深夜,以殊胜的光彩……”等经文中,天子被称为“天神”,就是直接把天子当作天神。同样,在“那七百位殊胜的天神,从梵天神的宫殿出来……”等经文中,则是指梵天神。巴利
4. Evaṃ pana therena pucchitā sā devatā pañhaṃ vissajjesi. Tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sā devatā attamanā’’ti gāthā vuttā. Kena panāyaṃ gāthā vuttā? Dhammasaṅgāhakehi. Tattha sāti yā pubbe ‘‘pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve’’ti vuttā, sā. Devatāti devaputtopi brahmāpi devadhītāpi vuccati. ‘‘Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.1; khu. pā. 5.1) hi devaputto ‘‘devatā’’ti vutto devoyeva devatāti katvā. Tathā ‘‘tā devatā sattasatā uḷārā, brahmavimānā abhinikkhamitvā’’tiādīsu brahmāno.
“ 天女啊,你以极其殊胜的容色站立在此,
照亮一切方向,就像星星中的药草一样。”巴利
‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, yā tvaṃ tiṭṭhasi devate; Obhāsentī disā sabbā, osadhī viya tārakā’’ti. (vi. va. 75) –
在这些例子中,“天”指天女。这里也同样应当理解为天女。“心满意足”就是内心欢喜,也就是被喜和悦占据的心。因为与喜和悦相应的心,没有忧愁烦恼插足的余地,所以那喜和悦就像是把它当成自己的东西一样占据了它。或者,“心满意足”也可以理解为“自己的心”。因为与无可指责的喜和悦相应的心,无论现在还是未来,都能给具足它的人带来利益和安乐,所以配得上称为“自己的心”,而其他种类的心则不能。巴利
Ādīsu devadhītā. Idhāpi devadhītā eva daṭṭhabbā. Attamanāti tuṭṭhamanā pītisomanassehi gahitamanā. Pītisomanassasahagatañhi cittaṃ domanassassa anokāsato tehi taṃ sakaṃ katvā gahitaṃ viya hoti. Attamanāti vā sakamanā. Anavajjapītisomanassasampayuttañhi cittaṃ sampati āyatiñca taṃsamaṅgino hitasukhāvahato ‘‘saka’’nti vattabbataṃ labhati, na itaraṃ.
“目犍连”这个称呼,是因为他出身于目犍连族的婆罗门富豪家,这位大长老就依族姓而被称为“目犍连”,也就是由这位目犍连来问。“被问”是指依照所见相符的方式来问。那位天神心生欢喜,回答了问题,经文就是这样连接的。她欢喜有两个原因:一是她想到“那么微小的业,竟然能成为如此广大天界福报的原因”,其实她之前就常常因为自己的福报而时不时感到喜悦;二是她现在又想到“对某位长老表达敬意,竟然也有这样殊胜的果报,而这位长老是诸佛的上首弟子,具足广大功德和大威神力,我不但能见到他、还能向他致敬,而且他问的问题正是与我的福报果报相关的”。因为这两个原因,她生起了欢喜。就这样,她生起了强烈而有力的喜与悦,以头承接长老的话,回答了所问的问题。巴利
Moggallānenāti moggallānagottassa brāhmaṇamahāsālassa puttabhāvato so mahāthero gottavasena ‘‘moggallāno’’ti paññāto, tena moggallānena . Pucchitāti diṭṭhasaṃsandanavasena pucchitā, attamanā sā devatā pañhaṃ byākāsīti yojanā. Attamanatā cassā ‘‘tampi nāma parittakampi kammaṃ evaṃ mahatiyā dibbasampattiyā kāraṇaṃ ahosī’’ti pubbepi sā attano puññaphalaṃ paṭicca antarantarā somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, idāni pana ‘‘aññatarassa therassa katopi nāma kāro evaṃ uḷāraphalo, ayaṃ pana buddhānaṃ aggasāvako uḷāraguṇo mahānubhāvo , imampi passituṃ nipaccakārañca kātuṃ labhāmi, mama puññaphalapaṭisaṃyuttameva ca pucchaṃ karotī’’ti dvīhi kāraṇehi uppannā. Evaṃ sañjātabalavapītisomanassā sā therassa vacanaṃ sirasā sampaṭicchitvā pañhaṃ puṭṭhā byākāsi.
“问题”是指他解释了、讲述了、回答了那个想要了解的意义。那他又是怎么回答的呢?“被问”是指从被提问的方式来说,也就是完全以被提问的形态,这就是它的意思。这里先说了“被问”,后面又说“已被问”,应当理解为是在确定一个特殊的意义。因为当意思已经成立时,再重新提起,正是为了显示那个特殊之处。那么这个特殊意义是什么呢?就是回答与提问完全相符。也就是说:先显示了业果,再问及作为其因的业,从而阐明这两者相互契合。而且,无论从意义还是从字句上说,提问以何种方式进行,回答就以该方式与提问相符,答复也正是这样进行的。因此,为了显示这个特殊意义,先说了“被问”,后面又说了“已被问”。巴利
Pañhanti ñātuṃ icchitaṃ taṃ atthaṃ viyākāsi kathesi vissajjesi. Kathaṃ pana byākāsi? Puṭṭhāti puṭṭhākārato, pucchitākārenevāti attho. Ettha hi ‘‘pucchitā’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘puṭṭhā’’ti vacanaṃ visesatthaniyamanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Siddhe hi sati ārambho visesatthañāpakova hoti. Ko paneso visesattho? Byākaraṇassa pucchānurūpatā. Yañhi kammaphalaṃ dassetvā tassa kāraṇabhūtaṃ kammaṃ pucchitaṃ, tadubhayassa aññamaññānurūpabhāvavibhāvanā. Yena ca ākārena pucchā pavattā atthato ca byañjanato ca, tadākārassa byākaraṇassa pucchānurūpatā, tathā ceva vissajjanaṃ pavattaṃ. Iti imassa visesassa ñāpanatthaṃ ‘‘pucchitā’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘puṭṭhā’’ti vuttaṃ.
“被问”这个词,是通过对那位天神的描述,来说明她处于被问的状态,以及她回答问题的原因。这里说的是:那位长老用“你因为什么而有这样的容貌”等话去问她,这就叫“问”;那位天神就是被问的对象,由于被提问而促使她作出说明,所以称她为“被问者”。因为她是被问者,是促使所问之业得到说明的人,所以说“问题被问了”。又因为她是被问者,本性就是要说明所问的业,所以说“问题被解释了”。“这是谁的业的果报”——这是对被称为“问题”的那个含义显示其本来面目。这里的含义是:这种福果,提问者和被问者都亲眼见到,也是紧接着所说的;因为想知道它是谁的业,她就对被称为“问题”的那个福业作了解释。巴利
‘‘Pucchitā’’ti vā tāya devatāya visesanamukhena puṭṭhabhāvassa pañhabyākaraṇassa ca kāraṇakittanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘kena tetādiso vaṇṇo’’tiādinā therena pucchīyatīti pucchā, tāya devatāya katakammaṃ, tassā pucchāya kāritā ācikkhitā vāti sā devatā ‘‘pucchitā’’ti vuttā. Yasmā pucchitā pucchiyamānassa kammassa kāritā, tasmā pañhaṃ puṭṭhā. Yasmā ca pucchitā pucchiyamānassa kammassa ācikkhanasabhāvā, tasmā pañhaṃ byākāsīti. Yassa kammassidaṃ phalanti idaṃ ‘‘pañha’’nti vuttassa atthassa sarūpadassanaṃ. Ayaṃ cettha attho – idaṃ pucchantassa pucchiyamānāya ca paccakkhabhūtaṃ anantaraṃ vuttappakāraṃ puññaphalaṃ, yassa kammassa taṃ ñātuṃ icchitattā pañhanti vuttaṃ puññakammaṃ byākāsīti.
5 我在于人间等,是回答问题的形式。其中,“我”是天神在指称自己。说了“在于人间”之后,又说“已生为人”,是为了显示当时她自己身上确实具备人的功德。
因为,有人虽然生而为人,却做杀生等不该做的事,因此该受惩罚,在各处被国王等人处以断手等刑罚,遭受极大痛苦,这种人就叫“人间地狱者”。另有人虽然生而为人,却因为过去所造的业,连吃的穿的都得不到,被饥渴压倒,痛苦很多,到处漂泊,找不到安身之处,这种人就叫“人间饿鬼”。还有人虽然生而为人,却依附他人而活,替别人背负重担,或者破坏规矩,行为不正,被他人威胁,害怕死亡,躲进密林,痛苦很多,四处游荡,不知道什么对自己有利、什么不利,一心只想着睡觉、解除饥渴等痛苦,这种人就叫“人间畜生”。
然而,如果有人知道对自己什么有利、什么不利,深信业果,具足惭与愧,心怀悲悯,对一切众生常起警醒,远离不善业道,行于善业道,圆满种种福业,这种人就是安住在人的法中,从胜义上说,才真正叫作“人”。她当时也正是这样的人。因此说“在于人间,已生为人”。意思是:在人的众生群体中,已经达到人的状态,并且没有舍弃人的法而安住。巴利
5.Ahaṃ manussesūtiādi pañhassa byākaraṇākāro. Tattha ahanti devatā attānaṃ niddisati. ‘‘Manussesū’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘manussabhūtā’’ti vacanaṃ tadā attani manussaguṇānaṃ vijjamānatādassanatthaṃ. Yo hi manussajātikova samāno pāṇātipātādiṃ akattabbaṃ katvā daṇḍāraho tattha tattha rājādito hatthacchedādikammakāraṇaṃ pāpuṇanto mahādukkhaṃ anubhavati, ayaṃ manussanerayiko nāma. Aparo manussajātikova samāno pubbekatakammunā ghāsacchādanampi na labhati, khuppipāsābhibhūto dukkhabahulo katthaci patiṭṭhaṃ alabhamāno vicarati, ayaṃ manussapeto nāma. Aparo manussajātikova samāno parādhīnavutti paresaṃ bhāraṃ vahanto bhinnamariyādo vā anācāraṃ ācaritvā parehi santajjito maraṇabhayabhīto gahananissito dukkhabahulo vicarati hitāhitaṃ ajānanto niddājighacchādukkhavinodanādiparo, ayaṃ manussatiracchāno nāma. Yo pana attano hitāhitaṃ jānanto kammaphalaṃ saddahanto hirottappasampanno dayāpanno sabbasattesu saṃvegabahulo akusalakammapathe parivajjento kusalakammapathe samācaranto puññakiriyavatthūni paripūreti, ayaṃ manussadhamme patiṭṭhito paramatthato manusso nāma. Ayampi tādisā ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘manussesu manussabhūtā’’ti. Manusse sattanikāye manussabhāvaṃ pattā manussadhammañca appahāya ṭhitāti attho.
“来客”指已经到来的人,也就是刚到的客人。客人有两种:近客和来客。其中,已经有过交往、彼此熟悉的客人叫“近客”;没有交往过的叫“来客”。或者,不管有没有交往,先到的是“近客”,吃饭的时候才出现、刚刚到的是“来客”。又或者,受到邀请来应供的是“近客”,没有受邀请的是“来客”。而这位天神说的是没有交往过、没有受邀请、刚刚到来的人,所以说“来客”,这里用复数是为了表示恭敬。“Āsana”就是坐的地方,也就是坐具,即人们就座的物件,任何适合坐的器具,此处特指凳子;由于它狭小而不宽广,所以说“āsanaka”(小座)。“Adāsiṃ”就是我施:生起欢喜,深信业与业果,为了那位长老受用而施与,以无执著舍弃的方式施舍,这就是其含义。巴利
Abbhāgatānanti abhiāgatānaṃ, sampattaāgantukānanti attho. Duvidhā hi āgantukā atithi abbhāgatoti. Tesu kataparicayo āgantuko atithi, akataparicayo abbhāgato. Kataparicayo akataparicayopi vā puretaraṃ āgato atithi, bhojanavelāyaṃ upaṭṭhito sampati āgato abbhāgato. Nimantito vā bhattena atithi, animantito abbhāgato. Ayaṃ pana akataparicayo animantito sampati āgato ca, taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘abbhāgatāna’’nti, garukārena panettha bahuvacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Āsati nisīdati etthāti āsanaṃ. Yaṃkiñci nisīdanayoggaṃ, idha pana pīṭhaṃ adhippetaṃ, tassa ca appakattā anuḷārattā ca ‘‘āsanaka’’nti āha. Adāsinti ‘‘idamassa therassa dinnaṃ mayhaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissati mahānisaṃsa’’nti sañjātasomanassā kammaṃ kammaphalañca saddahitvā tassa therassa paribhogatthāya adāsiṃ, nirapekkhapariccāgavasena pariccajinti attho.
“我敬礼”的意思是:我行了敬礼。以五体投地的方式礼拜应受供养的人。“礼敬时”说的是:在礼敬的时候,通过那个礼敬行为本身,实际上就等于让所礼敬的对象说出了“愿你快乐,愿你无病”等祝福的话。“我合掌”:意思是把十指并拢、光洁明亮的合掌举到头上,向具足殊胜功德的人表示恭敬。“随力”:就是随自己的能力,也就是依照当时我所有的财富条件。“我行布施”:就是以施舍食物、饮料等应当布施的东西,供养应受供养的人,从而生起布施所成的福德。巴利
Abhivādayinti abhivādanamakāsiṃ, pañcapatiṭṭhitena dakkhiṇeyyapuggale vandinti anto. Vandamānā hi taṃ tāyeva vandanakiriyāya vandiyamānaṃ ‘‘sukhinī hohi, arogā hohī’’tiādinā āsivādaṃ atthato vadāpesi nāma. Añjalikaṃ akāsinti dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi paggaṇhantī guṇavisiṭṭhānaṃ apacāyanaṃ akāsinti attho. Yathānubhāvanti yathābalaṃ, tadā mama vijjamānavibhavānurūpanti attho. Adāsi dānanti annapānādideyyadhammapariccāgena dakkhiṇeyyaṃ bhojentī dānamayaṃ puññaṃ pasaviṃ.
在这里,“我”这个说法,是通过显示业与果在同一相续中生起,来表明两者之间的关联;“生在人中、成为人类”这个说法,是显示那福德业所依的特定相续;“对于来客”这个说法,既显示心的成就,也显示福田的成就,因为它说明布施与受施双方都不期待任何回报而自然进行。“我施予小座,随力而行布施”这个说法,是显示布施财物中最核心的部分;“我恭敬作礼,我合掌”这个说法,是显示以身体行为行持了敬意。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘aha’’nti idaṃ kammassa phalassa ca ekasantatipatitatādassanena sambandhabhāvadassanaṃ, ‘‘manussesu manussabhūtā’’ti idaṃ tassā puññakiriyāya adhiṭṭhānabhūtasantānavisesadassanaṃ, ‘‘abbhāgatāna’’nti idaṃ cittasampattidassanañceva khettasampattidassanañca dānassa viya paṭiggahaṇassa ca kiñci anapekkhitvā pavattitabhāvadīpanato. ‘‘Āsanakaṃ adāsiṃ yathānubhāvañca adāsi dāna’’nti idaṃ bhogasāradānadassanaṃ, ‘‘abhivādayiṃ añjalikaṃ akāsi’’nti idaṃ kāyasāradānadassanaṃ.
6 “以此”是指以之前所说的那个福业作为因。“我的”这个词,在“我历尽艰辛才证得,如今已足够宣说了”这类句子里是工具格,意思是“由我”;在“萨度,尊者!愿世尊为我简略说法”这类句子里是为格,意思是“为我”;在“我于正觉之前,未成正觉时,身为菩萨”这类句子里是属格,意思是“我的”。这里也是属格,意思是“我的”。这个“我的”一词,在“以此我的福业”和“我的如此……”这两处都应这样关联理解。其余部分按前面所说的方式理解。巴利
6.Tenāti tena yathāvuttena puññena hetubhūtena. Meti ayaṃ me-saddo ‘‘kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsitu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.65; ma. ni. 1.281; saṃ. ni. 1.172) karaṇe āgato, mayāti attho. ‘‘Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.182; a. ni. 4.257) sampadāne, mayhanti attho. ‘‘Pubbeva me, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.206; saṃ. ni. 4.14; a. ni. 3.104) sāmiatthe āgato, idhāpi sāmiatthe eva, mamāti attho. Svāyaṃ me-saddo tena me puññenāti ca me etādisoti ca ubhayattha sambandhitabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
那位天女的问题被解答之后,具寿大目犍连就为她详细地开示了法。那次开示对那位天女及其随从是有益的。长老随后回到人间,把整件事的经过都禀告了世尊。世尊以这件事作为因由,为到场的会众开示了法。不过,被结集收录下来的只有偈颂。巴利
Evaṃ tāya devatāya pañhe byākate āyasmā mahāmoggallāno vitthārena dhammaṃ desesi. Sā desanā saparivārāya tassā devatāya sātthikā ahosi. Thero tato manussalokaṃ āgantvā sabbaṃ taṃ pavattiṃ bhagavato ārocesi. Bhagavā taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattaparisāya dhammaṃ desesi. Gāthā eva pana saṅgahaṃ āruḷhāti.
2. 第二座天宫注释巴利
2. Dutiyapīṭhavimānavaṇṇanā
“你的座位是琉璃做的”,这是关于第二座天宫的偈颂。它的发生因缘和义理注释,应当依照第一座天宫所说的方式来理解。不过这里有一点不同:据说舍卫城有一位女子,看见一位长老走进她家乞食,心里生起清净的信心,就为他安排座位,把自己的凳子铺上一块蓝布,供养给他。她因为这件事,死后投生到天界,出现了一座琉璃做的宝座天宫。因此说:巴利
Pīṭhaṃte veḷuriyamayanti dutiyapīṭhavimānaṃ. Tassa aṭṭhuppatti ca atthavaṇṇanā ca paṭhame vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Ayaṃ pana viseso – sāvatthivāsinī kira ekā itthī attano gehaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ ekaṃ theraṃ passitvā pasannacittā tassa āsanaṃ dentī attano pīṭhaṃ upari nīlavatthena attharitvā adāsi. Tena tassā devaloke nibbattāya veḷuriyamayaṃ pallaṅkavimānaṃ nibbattaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
你的宝座是琉璃做成的,高大华美,快得像心念一样,想去哪儿就能到哪儿。
你打扮得漂漂亮亮,戴着花环,穿着华丽的衣服,光芒闪耀,就像云峰之间的闪电。巴利
‘‘Pīṭhaṃ te veḷuriyamayaṃ uḷāraṃ, manojavaṃ gacchati yenakāmaṃ; Alaṅkate malyadhare suvatthe, obhāsasi vijjurivabbha kūṭaṃ.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 我问你,具大威力的女神:你生为人时,修了什么福业?
你因何而有这般炽盛的威光,你的容色遍照一切方向?”巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
“ 那位天神被目犍连问到后,满心欢喜,
被问到之后,她回答说:这是哪种业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
我曾生在人当中,为人时,给前来的人布施了坐具。
我合掌行礼致敬,也随自己的能力做了布施。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, abbhāgatānāsanakaṃ adāsiṃ; Abhivādayiṃ añjalikaṃ akāsiṃ, yathānubhāvañca adāsi dānaṃ.
因为那样,我才有这样的容色;因为那样,我在这里才得到成就。
各种让我心里喜欢的财富,都会在我这里出现。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,大威力者,我来告诉你,当我生而为人时所修的福德。
因为我具有了如此烧尽烦恼的神力,而且我的色也照耀着一切方所。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
8 8. 其中,“琉璃所成”是指由琉璃宝石所成。所谓琉璃宝石,是在毗楼山和毗楼村附近出产的一种宝石。据说,这种宝石的矿藏就在毗楼村那个地方,因为它紧邻毗楼山,所以就被叫做琉璃。由于它的色泽与之相似,在天界中也有了同样的名称,就像人间获得的名字被天界天子们沿用一样。不过它的颜色,或者是孔雀脖颈的颜色,或者是乌鸦羽毛的颜色,或者是光滑竹叶的颜色。但在这里,应当理解为孔雀脖颈的颜色。其余的一切,都和第一座天宫注疏中所说的相同。巴利
8. Tattha veḷuriyamayanti veḷuriyamaṇimayaṃ. Veḷuriyamaṇi nāma viḷūrapabbatassa viḷūragāmassa ca avidūre uppajjanakamaṇi. Tassa kira viḷūragāmaṭṭhāne ākaro, viḷūrassa pana avidūre bhavattā veḷuriyanteva paññāyittha. Taṃsadisavaṇṇanibhatāya devalokepissa tatheva nāmaṃ jātaṃ yathā taṃ manussaloke laddhanāmavaseneva devaloke devaputtānaṃ. Taṃ pana mayūragīvavaṇṇaṃ vā hoti, vāyasapattavaṇṇaṃ vā, siniddhaveṇupattavaṇṇaṃ vā. Idha pana mayūragīvavaṇṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ paṭhamapīṭhavimāne vuttasadisamevāti.
3. 第三座天宫注释巴利
3. Tatiyapīṭhavimānavaṇṇanā
“你的座是黄金所成”,这是第三座天宫。它的因缘发生在王舍城。据说,有一位漏尽的长老在王舍城乞食,拿到食物后,在临近午时想要用斋,就走到一户门开着的人家。那户人家的女主人有信心、心怀净信,看到长老的举止后,说:“尊者,请进来,在这里坐下用斋吧。”她把自己的好座铺好,上面再铺上黄布,以无所顾惜、彻底施舍的心布施出去,并发了愿:“愿我这份福德,在未来世能获得黄金座。”长老就在那里坐下,用完斋饭,洗了钵,起身要走时,那位女子说:“尊者,这个座已经专门布施给您了,为了怜悯摄受我,请您受用它。”长老出于对她的慈悯,接受了那个座,然后把它转交给了僧团。后来,那位女子被某种疾病侵袭,命终之后投生到三十三天。诸如此类,应当依照第一座天宫注疏中所说的方式来理解。因此说——巴利
Pīṭhaṃ te sovaṇṇamayanti tatiyapīṭhavimānaṃ. Tassa vatthu rājagahe samuṭṭhitaṃ. Aññataro kira khīṇāsavatthero rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā bhattaṃ gahetvā upakaṭṭhe kāle bhattakiccaṃ kātukāmo ekaṃ vivaṭadvāragehaṃ upasaṅkami. Tasmiṃ pana gehe gehasāminī itthī saddhā pasannā therassa ākāraṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘etha, bhante, idha nisīditvā bhattakiccaṃ karothā’’ti attano bhaddapīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā upari pītavatthaṃ attharitvā nirapekkhapariccāgavasena adāsi, ‘‘idaṃ me puññaṃ āyatiṃ sovaṇṇapīṭhapaṭilābhāya hotū’’ti patthanañca paṭṭhapesi. Atha there tattha nisīditvā bhattakiccaṃ katvā pattaṃ dhovitvā uṭṭhāya gacchante ‘‘bhante, idamāsanaṃ tumhākaṃyeva pariccattaṃ, mayhaṃ anuggahatthaṃ paribhuñjathā’’ti āha. Thero tassā anukampāya taṃ pīṭhaṃ sampaṭicchitvā saṅghassa dāpesi. Sā aparena samayena aññatarena rogena phuṭṭhā kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbattītiādi sabbaṃ paṭhamavimānavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
你的金座无比殊胜,快得像心念一动,想去哪里就去哪里。
你打扮得漂漂亮亮,戴着花环,穿着华丽的衣服,光芒闪耀,就像云峰之间的闪电一样。巴利
‘‘Pīṭhaṃ te sovaṇṇamayaṃ uḷāraṃ, manojavaṃ gacchati yenakāmaṃ; Alaṅkate malyadhare suvatthe,obhāsasi vijjurivabbhakūṭaṃ.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 我请问你,天女,具大神通者:你生而为人时,造了什么福德?
你因何而有这般炽盛的威光,你的容色遍照一切方向?”巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
“ 那位天神被目犍连一问,心里很欢喜,
被问到问题时,她这样回答:这就是那个业所带来的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
这是微少业力的果报,让我拥有如此炽燃的威神光明。
我在人类当中,过去世也曾生在人世间,生而为人。巴利
‘‘Appassa kammassa phalaṃ mamedaṃ, yenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā; Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, purimāya jātiyā manussaloke.
我看见一位远离尘垢的比丘,内心清净澄澈,没有污浊。
我满怀净信,亲手把座位布施给了他。巴利
‘‘Addasaṃ virajaṃ bhikkhuṃ, vippasannamanāvilaṃ; Tassa adāsahaṃ pīṭhaṃ, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi.
因为这样,我才有了这样的色相;因为这样,我在这里才能如愿。
各种让我心生欢喜的财富,也都为我生起。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjantī ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,具大神力者,我告诉你:当我生而为人时,我所做的福德。
我以此如是炽盛威神力,我的色相也照耀遍及一切方向。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
19 19. 另外,在第五首偈颂中,“在前生人界”等句里,这里的“生”这个词,有时是指有为法的特相,比如“生由二蕴所摄”等(《界论》71);有时是指部类,比如“名为尼干陀的沙门部类”等(《增支部》3.71);有时是指结生,比如“在母胎中最先生起的心、最初现起的识,由此而有他的生”等(《大品》124);有时是指族姓,比如“他没有因出身之说而受到呵责、诽谤”等(《长部》1.303);有时是指诞生,比如“阿难,菩萨正生”等(《长部》2.31;《中部》3.207);有时是指有,比如“一生、二生”等(《长部》1.244;《中部》1.53)。这里也应当视为有。因此,“在前生”即在先前有中、无间过去、先前自体之义。这里的“在……中”是处格,而此语为具格。所谓“人界”,是指人界之有,是就王舍城而说。因为此处所指的是处所世界,而有情世界则已由“在人中”一语说及。巴利
19. Yañca pana pañcamagāthāyaṃ purimāya jātiyā manussaloketiādi, ettha jāti-saddo attheva saṅkhatalakkhaṇe ‘‘jāti dvīhi khandhehi saṅgahitā’’tiādīsu (dhātu. 71). Atthi nikāye ‘‘nigaṇṭhā nāma samaṇajātī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.71). Atthi paṭisandhiyaṃ ‘‘yaṃ mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ, tadupādāya sāvassa jātī’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 124). Atthi kule ‘‘akkhitto anupakuṭṭho jātivādenā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.303). Atthi pasutiyaṃ ‘‘sampatijāto, ānanda, bodhisatto’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.31; ma. ni. 3.207). Atthi bhave ‘‘ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.244; ma. ni. 1.53). Idhāpi bhave eva daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā purimāya jātiyā purimasmiṃ bhave anantarātīte purime attabhāveti attho. Bhummatthe hidaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Manussaloketi manussalokabhave, rājagahaṃ sandhāya vadati. Okāsaloko hi idha adhippeto, sattaloko pana ‘‘manussesū’’ti iminā vuttoyeva.
20 我看见。所谓离垢,就是远离了贪等尘垢,所以叫离垢。所谓比丘,是因为烦恼已断,所以叫比丘;因为一切烦恼污浊都不存在,心变得清净,所以叫清净;因为没有混乱的念头,所以叫无浊。这里前一个词是后一个词的理由:因为远离了贪等尘垢,所以烦恼已断,成为比丘;因为烦恼已断,所以没有烦恼污浊,变得清净;因为心清净,所以没有混乱。反过来,后一个词也可以是前一个词的理由:离垢是因为具备比丘的功德;比丘是因为烦恼已断;比丘是因为清净;因为烦恼污浊不存在,比丘的心才清净;清净是因为没有混乱的念头。或者也可以说:因为没有贪的尘垢,所以叫离垢;因为没有嗔的污浊,所以叫清净;因为没有痴的迷乱,所以叫无浊。这样的人,从究竟意义上才真正叫作比丘,所以说比丘。我施予了座位,就是我给了座位。座位,是当时在我身边的一个上好座位。以净信,就是由于对业果的信仰和对三宝的信仰,心生净信。以己手,就是不叫别人,自己亲手把座位铺好之后施予。巴利
20.Addasanti addakkhiṃ. Virajanti vigatarāgādirajattā virajaṃ. Bhikkhunti bhinnakilesattā bhikkhuṃ, sabbaso kilesakālussiyābhāvena vippasannacittatāya vippasannaṃ, anāvilasaṅkappatāya anāvilaṃ. Purimaṃ purimañcettha padaṃ pacchimassa pacchimassa kāraṇavacanaṃ, vigatarāgādirajattā bhinnakilesatāya bhikkhuṃ, bhinnakilesattā kilesakālussiyābhāvena vippasannaṃ, vippasannamanattā anāvilanti. Pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ vā padaṃ purimassa purimassa kāraṇavacanaṃ, virajaṃ bhikkhuguṇayogato. Bhinnakileso hi bhikkhu. Bhikkhuṃ vippasannabhāvato. Kilesakālussiyābhāvena vippasannamānaso hi bhikkhu. Vippasannaṃ anāvilasaṅkappabhāvatoti . Rāgarajābhāvena vā ‘‘viraja’’nti vuttaṃ, dosakālussiyābhāvena ‘‘vippasanna’’nti, mohabyākulābhāvena ‘‘anāvila’’nti. Evaṃbhūto paramatthato bhikkhu nāma hotīti ‘‘bhikkhu’’nti vuttaṃ. Adāsahanti adāsiṃ ahaṃ. Pīṭhanti tadā mama santike vijjamānaṃ bhaddapīṭhaṃ. Pasannāti kammaphalasaddhāya ratanattayasaddhāya ca pasannacittā. Sehi pāṇibhīti aññaṃ anāṇāpetvā attano hatthehi upanīya pīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā adāsinti attho.
这里,“离尘比丘,清净无浊”这句话显示的是福田成就;“净信”显示的是心成就;“自手”显示的是加行成就。同样,“净信”显示了恭敬施和不损恼施这两种布施功德;“自手”显示了亲手施和不抛掷施这两种布施功德;通过铺设黄色布料、知道就坐的适当时机、心存敬意而行布施,显示了恭敬施和适时施这两种布施功德。应当这样理解。其余内容与前面所说相同。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘virajaṃ bhikkhuṃ vippasannamanāvila’’nti iminā khettasampattiṃ dasseti, ‘‘pasannā’’ti iminā cittasampattiṃ, ‘‘sehi pāṇibhī’’ti iminā payogasampattiṃ. Tathā ‘‘pasannā’’ti iminā sakkaccadānaṃ anupahaccadānanti ca ime dve dānaguṇā dassitā, ‘‘sehi pāṇibhī’’ti iminā sahatthena dānaṃ anupaviddhadānanti ime dve dānaguṇā dassitā, pītavatthassa attharaṇena nisīdanakālaññutāya cittiṃ katvā dānaṃ kālena dānanti ime dve dānaguṇā dassitāti veditabbā. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva.
4. 第四座天宫的注释巴利
4. Catutthapīṭhavimānavaṇṇanā
你的座是琉璃所成的,这是指第四座天宫。这件事也发生在王舍城,应当依照第二座天宫里说过的方式来理解。因为她用青色布料铺好座位后布施出去,所以她的天宫也化现为琉璃所成。其余部分与第一座天宫里说过的相同。因此说:巴利
Pīṭhaṃ te veḷuriyamayanti catutthapīṭhavimānaṃ. Imassāpi vatthu rājagahe samuṭṭhitaṃ, taṃ dutiyavimāne vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Nīlavatthena hi attharitvā pīṭhassa dinnattā imissāpi vimānaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ nibbattaṃ. Sesaṃ paṭhamavimāne vuttasadisaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
你的宝座是琉璃做成的,华美又殊胜,快得像心念一动,你想去哪里,它就带你去哪里。
你打扮得漂漂亮亮,戴着花环,穿着华美的衣服,浑身散发着光芒,就像云峰之间的闪电一样。巴利
‘‘Pīṭhaṃ te veḷuriyamayaṃ uḷāraṃ, manojavaṃ gacchati yenakāmaṃ; Alaṅkate malyadhare suvatthe, obhāsasi vijjurivabbhakūṭaṃ.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 我问你,有大神力的天女:你生为人时,造了什么福德?
你因何而有这般炽盛的威光,你的容色遍照一切方向?”巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
“ 那位天神被目犍连问到后,满心欢喜,
被问到时,她这样回答:这是哪种业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
这微小的业所带来的果报是属于我的,正因为这个,我才拥有这样炽盛的神通威力。
我在人间曾生而为人,那是在过去世的人间。巴利
‘‘Appassa kammassa phalaṃ mamedaṃ, yenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā; Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, purimāya jātiyā manussaloke.
我看见一位比丘,远离尘垢,内心清净澄澈,没有污浊。
我怀着清净的信心,亲手向他布施了座具。巴利
‘‘Addasaṃ virajaṃ bhikkhuṃ, vippasannamanāvilaṃ; Tassa adāsahaṃ pīṭhaṃ, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi.
因为那个,我才有这样的色相;因为那个,我在这里才有所成就。
各种我心里喜欢的财富,都会出现在我面前。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,我来告诉你,我生而为人时造了什么福业,你这有大神力的比丘。
正因为这样,我的色身放出炽盛的光明,遍照一切方所。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
这里也是一样:因为那位天女用青布铺好,把座位布施出去,所以她的这座天宫也就成了琉璃所成。正因如此,这里从一开始就说“你的座位是琉璃所成”。其余部分和第三座天宫一样,应当按那里所说的方式理解其中的含义。巴利
Etthāpi hi nīlavatthena attharitvā pīṭhassa dinnattā imissāpi vimānaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ nibbattaṃ. Tenevettha ‘‘pīṭhaṃ te veḷuriyamaya’’nti ādito āgataṃ. Sesaṃ tatiyasadisamevāti tattha vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo.
5. 象宫注释巴利
5. Kuñjaravimānavaṇṇanā
“你有头殊胜的战象”,说的是《象宫》。它的起因是什么呢?那时,世尊住在王舍城竹林里的迦兰陀松鼠喂食处。有一天,王舍城里宣布要举行星宿节庆。城里人把街道打扫干净,铺上细沙,撒上以炒米为第五种的种种鲜花;家家户户门前都立起芭蕉树,摆上满水罐;又各按自己的财力,升起各种颜色、斑斓夺目的旗幡幢盖之类。所有人都依照自己的财力,盛装打扮,尽情欢庆星宿节。整座城装饰布置得如同天宫一般。那时,频婆娑罗大王依照旧例,也为了顺应民心,从自己的王宫出来,带着庞大的随从队伍,以大王者的威仪、盛大而吉祥的光彩,绕城右行。巴利
Kuñjaro te varārohoti kuñjaravimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Athekadivasaṃ rājagahanagare nakkhattaṃ ghositaṃ. Nāgarā vīthiyo sodhetvā vālukaṃ okiritvā lājapañcamakāni pupphāni vippakiriṃsu, gehadvāre gehadvāre kadaliyo ca puṇṇaghaṭe ca ṭhapesuṃ, yathāvibhavaṃ nānāvirāgavaṇṇavicittā dhajapaṭākādayo ussāpesuṃ, sabbo jano attano attano vibhavānurūpaṃ sumaṇḍitapasādhito nakkhattakīḷaṃ kīḷi, sakalanagaraṃ devanagaraṃ viya alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ ahosi. Atha bimbisāramahārājā pubbacārittavasena mahājanassa cittānurakkhaṇatthañca attano rājabhavanato nikkhamitvā mahantena parivārena mahatā rājānubhāvena uḷārena sirisobhaggena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti.
那时,在王舍城住着一位良家女子。她看到国王那样的财富圆满、吉祥光彩和国王的威仪之后,心里生起了稀有难得之感,想道:“这种像天威神力一样的财富成就,到底是由什么样的业才能得到呢?”于是她去问那些被公认为智者的人。他们对她说:“贤女,所谓功德业,就像如意宝珠一样,也像满愿树一样。只要福田圆满、心意圆满,无论希求什么而去做,都会一一实现。而且,布施座位,就能得到出身高贵的果报;布施饮食,就能得到力大无穷的果报;布施衣服,就能得到容貌端正的果报;布施车乘,就能得到殊胜安乐的果报;布施灯明,就能得到眼根明利的果报;布施住处,就能得到一切圆满的果报。”她听了这些话,心想:“天界的成就应该比这还要殊胜吧。”于是把心放在那上面,对修功德善业生起了极大的热忱。巴利
Tena ca samayena rājagahavāsinī ekā kuladhītā rañño taṃ vibhavasampattiṃ sirisobhaggaṃ rājānubhāvañca passitvā acchariyabbhutacittajātā ‘‘ayaṃ deviddhisadisā vibhavasampatti kīdisena nu kho kammunā labbhatī’’ti paṇḍitasammate pucchi. Te tassā kathesuṃ ‘‘bhadde, puññakammaṃ nāma cintāmaṇisadisaṃ kapparukkhasadisaṃ, khettasampattiyā cittasampattiyā ca sati yaṃ yaṃ patthetvā karoti, taṃ taṃ nipphādetiyeva. Apica āsanadānena uccākulīnatā hoti, annadānena balasampattipaṭilābho, vatthadānena vaṇṇasampattipaṭilābho, yānadānena sukhavisesapaṭilābho, dīpadānena cakkhusampattipaṭilābho, āvāsadānena sabbasampattipaṭilābho hotī’’ti. Sā taṃ sutvā ‘‘devasampatti ito uḷārā hoti maññe’’ti tattha cittaṃ ṭhapetvā puññakiriyāya ativiya ussāhajātā ahosi.
她的父母还派人给她送去了一套全新的细布衣服、一张新凳子、一束莲花,以及酥油、蜂蜜、糖和牛乳粥,供她日常享用。她看到这些东西,心想:“我正想布施,现在又刚好得到了这些可以布施的东西。”心里非常欢喜。第二天,她准备好布施的东西,煮好了几乎不含水分的浓稠蜜乳粥,又另外备了许多嚼食和啖食作为搭配。她在布施的地方用香料涂抹庄严,在盛开的莲花上敷设座位——那些莲花的花瓣、花蕊和花丝都很美妙——再铺上一块全新的白布。在座位的四个脚边,各放一朵莲花和一个花环。座位上方系好华盖,垂下一条条花鬘和悬垂的花饰。座位周围的地面上,她用带着花蕊的莲瓣密密麻麻铺满,不留一点空隙。她心想:“等应供的人来了,我就要供养。”然后把一只装满鲜花的篮子放在一旁。巴利
Mātāpitaro cassā ahataṃ vatthayugaṃ navapīṭhaṃ ekaṃ padumakalāpaṃ sappimadhusakkharā taṇḍulakhīrāni ca paribhogatthāya pesesuṃ. Sā tāni disvā ‘‘ahañca dānaṃ dātukāmā, ayañca me deyyadhammo laddho’’ti tuṭṭhamānasā dutiyadivase dānaṃ sajjentī appodakamadhupāyāsaṃ sampādetvā, tassa parivārabhāvena aññampi bahuṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādetvā dānagge gandhaparibhaṇḍaṃ katvā vikasitapadumapattakiñjakkhakesaropasobhitesu padumesu āsanaṃ paññāpetvā, ahatena setavatthena attharitvā āsanassa catunnaṃ pādānaṃ upari cattāri padumāni mālāguḷañca ṭhapetvā, āsanassa upari vitānaṃ bandhitvā mālādāmaolambakadāmāni olambitvā, āsanassa samantato bhūmiṃ sakesarehi padumapattehi sabbasantharaṃ santharitvā ‘‘dakkhiṇeyye āgate pūjessāmī’’ti pupphapūritaṃ caṅkoṭakaṃ ekamante ṭhapesi.
她这样把布施所需的器具都准备好之后,就洗了头、沐浴干净,穿上洁净的裙衣和洁净的上衣,看准了时辰,吩咐一个女仆说:“去吧,替我们找一位像那样的应供者来。”那时,具寿舍利弗尊者就像随手放下一个装着千枚钱币的袋子那样自在无碍,正在王舍城中挨家挨户乞食,走进了一条巷子。那女仆向长老行礼后说:“尊者,请把您的钵给我。”又说:“为了照顾一位近事女,请从这边来。”长老就把钵交给了她。她把长老请进屋里。那女子迎上前来迎接长老,指示座位说:“尊者,请坐,这个座位已经铺好了。”长老在那里坐下后,她便用带着花蕊的莲瓣供养长老,撒满座位四周,然后以五体投地的方式顶礼,再用掺了酥油、蜂蜜和糖、几乎不加水的蜜乳粥来供奉。她一边供奉,一边发愿说:“愿以我这份功德的威力,让我拥有以天象、尖顶宫殿和宝座为庄严的种种天界福报,愿我在一切生死流转中,都不离开‘莲华’这个名字。”长老吃完饭、洗了钵之后,她又用酥油、蜂蜜和糖把钵装满,把铺在座位上的布叠成垫子,放在长老手里。长老为她作了随喜开示,正要离开时,她又吩咐两个男子说:“你们把长老手里的钵和这个宝座送到寺院,交给长老本人后再回来。”他们照办了。巴利
Athevaṃ katadānūpakaraṇasaṃvidhānā sīsaṃnhātā suddhavatthanivatthā suddhuttarāsaṅgā velaṃ sallakkhetvā ekaṃ dāsiṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘gaccha je, amhākaṃ tādisaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyesāhī’’ti. Tena ca samayena āyasmā sāriputto sahassathavikaṃ nikkhipanto viya rājagahe piṇḍāya caranto antaravīthiṃ paṭipanno hoti. Atha sā dāsī theraṃ vanditvā āha ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ pattaṃ me dethā’’ti. ‘‘Ekissā upāsikāya anuggahatthaṃ ito ethā’’ti ca āha. Thero tassā pattaṃ adāsi. Sā theraṃ gehaṃ pavesesi. Atha sā itthī therassa paccuggamanaṃ katvā āsanaṃ dassetvā ‘‘nisīdatha, bhante, idamāsanaṃ paññatta’’nti vatvā there tattha nisinne sakesarehi padumapattehi theraṃ pūjayamānā āsanassa samantato okiritvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā sappimadhusakkharāsammissena appodakamadhupāyāsena parivisi. Parivisantī ca ‘‘imassa me puññassānubhāvena dibbagajakūṭāgārapallaṅkasobhitā dibbasampattiyo hontu, sabbāsu pavattīsu padumā nāma mā vigatā hontū’’ti patthanaṃ akāsi. Puna there katabhattakicce pattaṃ dhovitvā sappimadhusakkharāhi pūretvā pallaṅke atthataṃ sāṭakaṃ cumbaṭakaṃ katvā therassa hatthe ṭhapetvā there ca anumodanaṃ katvā pakkamante dve purise āṇāpesi ‘‘therassa hatthe pattaṃ imañca pallaṅkaṃ vihāraṃ netvā therassa niyyātetvā āgacchathā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu.
她后来命终,转生到三十三天,在一座高一百由旬的黄金宫殿里化生,有一千名天女随侍。由于她先前发愿的力量,还化现出一头高五由旬的象王。这头象以莲花花环装饰,四周点缀着莲瓣、莲蕊和花丝,看起来令人欢喜,触感也很舒适,身上佩戴着种种宝石光芒交织而成的闪亮金饰,十分华丽。象背之上,又化现出一座一由旬大的黄金床座,具备前面所说的种种殊胜庄严。她享受着天界的福报,时不时登上那头象背上的宝石装饰床座,凭著广大的天威神力,前往欢喜园。有一次,在盛大的节日里,天女们各自依自己的天威,为了到园林中游乐而前往欢喜园等处——接下来的全部内容,都和《第一床座宫注释》里所说的一样,所以应当依照那里所说的方式来理解。在这里,长老说了下面这首偈颂:巴利
Sā aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane yojanasatubbedhe kanakavimāne nibbatti accharāsahassaparivārā. Patthanāvasena cassā pañcayojanubbedho padumamālālaṅkato samantato padumapattakiñjakkhakesaropasobhito manuññadassano sukhasamphasso vividharatanaraṃsijālasamujjalahemābharaṇavibhūsito gajavaro nibbatti. Tassūpari yathāvuttasobhātisayayutto yojaniko kanakapallaṅko nibbatti. Sā dibbasampattiṃ anubhavantī antarantarā taṃ kuñjaravimānassa upari ratanavicittaṃ pallaṅkaṃ abhiruyha mahatā devatānubhāvena nandanavanaṃ gacchati. Athekasmiṃ ussavadivase devatāsu yathāsakaṃ dibbānubhāvena uyyānakīḷanatthaṃ nandanavanaṃ gacchantīsūtiādinā sabbaṃ paṭhamapīṭhavimānavaṇṇanāyaṃ āgatasadisaṃ, tasmā tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Idha pana thero –
你的战象是最上等的坐骑,用种种珍宝装饰得华丽庄严;
这头象美丽、力量强大、迅疾具足,在虚空中奔驰。巴利
‘‘Kuñjaro te varāroho, nānāratanakappano; Ruciro thāmavā javasampanno, ākāsamhi samīhati.
这位莲花象,眼睛像莲花瓣,身上带着红莲和青莲的光彩。
身上撒满莲花粉,佩戴着金色莲花环。巴利
‘‘Padumi padmapattakkhi, padmuppalajutindharo; Padmacuṇṇābhikiṇṇaṅgo, soṇṇapokkharamāladhā.
一条铺满莲花、点缀着莲叶的道路;
那头优雅的象王平稳地行进,步伐不颠簸;它迈步前行时,步伐不疾不徐。巴利
‘‘Padumānusaṭaṃ maggaṃ, padmapattavibhūsitaṃ; Ṭhitaṃ vaggu manugghātī, mitaṃ gacchati vāraṇo.
行者前行时,金铜铃发出悦耳之声;
其声可闻,犹如五种乐器合奏。巴利
‘‘Tassa pakkamamānassa, soṇṇakaṃsā ratissarā; Tesaṃ suyyati nigghoso, tūriye pañcaṅgike yathā.
那头大象的肩头上,你身着净衣、庄严装扮;
以你妙好容色,胜过了广大天女之众。巴利
‘‘Tassa nāgassa khandhamhi, sucivatthā alaṅkatā; Mahantaṃ accharāsaṅghaṃ, vaṇṇena atirocasi.
这是你布施的果报,还是持戒的果报?
此外,关于合掌礼敬的果报,请你告诉我,pucchitā。他说道。巴利
‘‘Dānassa te idaṃ phalaṃ, atho sīlassa vā pana; Atho añjalikammassa, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchitā’’ti. – āha;
31 这里,“kuñjaro te varāroho”的意思是:kuñjaro 指在山谷、山坡那里欢喜、深生喜乐,或者在那里发出鹤鸣般的叫声,一边吼叫一边行走。或者把 kuṃ 理解为大地,因为它用脚踩踏而使大地磨损,所以叫 kuñjaro。人间世界里的象有山行象等不同种类,而这里这头象在嬉戏时因为与 kuñjaro 象相似,所以这样称呼。āruyhati 就是乘坐,āroho 是可乘坐的意思。varo 是最上、最胜、最优秀,āroho 是乘坐,varāroho 即最上乘骑,也就是说最优秀的坐骑。nānāratanakappano:种种珍宝属于它,故为 nānāratana,即宝瓶装饰等象的装饰;由这些所造作的庄严具属于它,故为 nānāratanakappano。ruciṃ abhiratiṃ detīti ruciro:令人欢喜、令人愉悦的意思。thāmavā 是坚固,有力的意思。javasampanno 是具足速度,也就是说迅疾。ākāsamhi samīhatīti:在空中,即于虚空中,正确精勤而行,不使骑乘者感到晃动,行走、前进的意思。巴利
31. Tattha kuñjaro te varārohoti kuñje giritaṭe ramati abhiramati, tattha vā ravati koñcanādaṃ nadanto vicarati. Kuṃ vā pathaviṃ tadabhighātena jarayatīti kuñjaro, giricarādibhedo manussaloke hatthī, ayaṃ pana kīḷanakāle kuñjarasadisatāya evaṃ vutto. Āruyhatīti āroho, ārohanīyoti attho. Varo aggo seṭṭho ārohoti varāroho, uttamayānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Nānāratanakappanoti nānāvidhāni ratanāni etesanti nānāratanā, kumbhālaṅkārādihatthālaṅkārā. Tehi vihito kappanno sannāho yassa so nānāratanakappano. Ruciṃ abhiratiṃ detīti ruciro, manuññoti attho. Thāmavāti thiro, balavāti attho. Javasampannoti sampannajavo, sīghajavoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ākāsamhi samīhatīti ākāse antalikkhe sammā īhati, āruḷhānaṃ khobhaṃ akaronto carati gacchatīti attho.
32 32. “Padumī”(莲花者):因为得到“莲花”这个名字是由于颜色与莲花相似,又因为具备壶色(kumbhavaṇṇa),所以叫 padumī。“Padmapattakkhī”(莲花瓣眼者):眼睛像莲花瓣一样,这是对那位天女的称呼。“Padmuppalajutindharo”(持红莲青莲光辉者):因为身体装饰着天界的红莲与青莲花环,处处闪耀、放出光明,持有红莲与青莲的光辉,所以叫 padmuppalajutindharo。“Padmacuṇṇābhikiṇṇaṅgo”(身遍撒莲花粉者):全身四周都撒满了莲花瓣、花蕊与花粉。“Soṇṇapokkharamāladhā”(戴金莲花环者):戴着黄金制成的莲花环。巴利
32.Padumīti padumasamānavaṇṇatāya ‘‘paduma’’nti laddhanāmena kumbhavaṇṇena samannāgatattā padumī. Padmapattakkhīti kamaladalasadisanayane, ālapanametaṃ tassā devatāya. Padmuppalajutindharoti dibbapadumuppalamālālaṅkatasarīratāya tahaṃ tahaṃ vipphurantaṃ vijjotamānaṃ padumuppalajutiṃ dhāretīti padumuppalajutindharo. Padmacuṇṇābhikiṇṇaṅgoti padumapattakiñjakkhakesarehi samantato okiṇṇagatto. Soṇṇapokkharamāladhāti hemamayakamalamālābhārī.
33 33. “以莲花铺满的道路,以莲花叶装饰”——意思是:大象每迈一步,都有大莲花托住它的脚,这些莲花散落满地;那些莲花有着各种离染的颜色,花瓣也四处飘舞,因此这条道路显得格外庄严,所以说它是以莲花叶装饰的道路。“Ṭhitaṃ”是修饰道路的词,意思是这条以莲花叶装饰的道路就这样呈现着。“Vaggu”是优美、可爱的意思,也是修饰动作的词,其中的ma音只是连接音节用的。“Anugghātī”就是不扰动,意思是对坐在自己上方的人连一点点震动也不造成。“Mitaṃ”是所化作的、所变现的意思,是“不逾越足迹安置”的意思。这里的意思就是:“以优美可爱的步态行走。”
“Mitaṃ”或者也可指有限量的、有节度的,也就是说不太快、不太慢。“Vāraṇo”就是大象。因为它能障碍敌人,也能障碍行走的疲劳,所以被称为“vāraṇo”。巴利
33.Padumānusaṭaṃ maggaṃ padmapattavibhūsitanti hatthino padanikkhepe padanikkhepe tassa pādaṃ sandhārentehi mahantehi padumehi anusaṭaṃ vippakiṇṇaṃ, nānāvirāgavaṇṇehi tesaṃyeva ca pattehi ito cito ca paribbhamantehi visesato maṇḍitatāya vibhūsitaṃ maggaṃ gacchatīti yojanā. Ṭhitanti idaṃ maggavisesanaṃ, padumapattavibhūsitaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ magganti attho. Vaggūti cāru, kiriyāvisesanañcetaṃ, ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Anugghātīti na ugghāti, attano upari nisinnānaṃ īsakampi khobhaṃ akarontoti attho. Mitanti nimmitaṃ, nikkhepapadaṃ vītikkamanti attho. Ayañhettha attho ‘‘vaggu cāru padanikkhepaṃ katvā gacchatī’’ti. Mitanti vā parimitaṃ pamāṇayuttaṃ, nātisīghaṃ, nātisaṇikanti vuttaṃ hoti. Vāraṇoti hatthī. So hi paccatthikavāraṇato gamanaparikkilesavāraṇato ca ‘‘vāraṇo’’ti vuccati.
34 那头象王往前走的时候,身上悬挂的金制钟铃发出悦耳动听的声音。意思是说:那头如前所说的象王行走时,两边挂着成百上千个大金钟,每个有大鼓那么大,上面镶嵌着摩尼宝珠、珍珠等,摇摇晃晃,发出极其迷人的声响,就像技艺娴熟的乐师演奏出来的一样。所以经文说“它们的声音传出来,就像五种乐器合奏一样”。这句话的意思是:就像熟练的乐师演奏五种乐器——弦乐、打击乐、弦击合奏、管乐、旋律乐——在恰当的节拍下,以轻重缓急分明的歌唱方式,奏出柔和、悦耳、动人的声音;同样,那些纯金钟铃发出的声音也是这样传出来的。巴利
34.Tassapakkamamānassa, soṇṇasaṃkā ratissarāti tassa yathāvuttassa kuñjarassa gacchantassa soṇṇakaṃsā suvaṇṇamayā ghaṇṭā ratissarā ramaṇīyasaddā manuññanigghosā olambantīti adhippāyo. Tassa hi kuñjarassa ubhosu passesu mahākolambappamāṇā maṇimuttādikhacitā hemamayā anekasatā mahantiyo ghaṇṭā tahaṃ tahaṃ olambamānā pacalanti, yato chekena gandhabbakena payuttavāditato ativiya manoharasaddo niccharati . Tenāha ‘‘tesaṃ suyyati nigghoso, tūriye pañcaṅgike yathā’’ti. Tassattho – yathā nāma ātataṃ vitataṃ ātatavitataṃ ghanaṃ susiranti evaṃ pañcaṅgike tūriye kusalehi vādiyamāne ṭhānuppattiyā mandatāravibhāgaṃ dassentena gāyantena samīrito vāditasaro vaggu rajanīyo nigghoso suyyati, evaṃ tesaṃ sovaṇṇakaṃsānaṃ tapanīyaghaṇṭānaṃ nigghoso suyyatīti.
35 Nāgassa 指的是象王。Mahantaṃ 是“大”,既因为成就广大而称大,也因为数量众多而称大。Accharāsaṅghaṃ 指天女群。Vaṇṇena 指容貌,也就是色身。巴利
35.Nāgassāti hatthināgassa. Mahantanti sampattimahattenāpi saṅkhyāmahattenāpi mahantaṃ. Accharāsaṅghanti devakaññāsamūhaṃ. Vaṇṇenāti rūpena.
36 “Dānassa”指的是由布施所成的福德。“Sīlassa”指的是以身防护等戒律。“Vā”这个字表示一种未明说的选择含义,用它来涵盖没有说出来的礼敬等行持之戒。巴利
36.Dānassāti dānamayapuññassa. Sīlassāti kāyikasaṃvarādisaṃvarasīlassa. Vā-saddo avuttavikappanattho. Tena abhivādanādiṃ avuttaṃ cārittasīlaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.
那位长老这样问完之后,那位天神就回答了这个问题。为了说明其中的含义,接着说道:巴利
Evaṃ therena pucchitā sā devatā pañhaṃ vissajjesi, tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ –
那位天神被目犍连尊者一问,心里很欢喜;
被问到时,她回答了:“这是哪种业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phala’’nti. –
这首偈颂是结集法藏的人说的,它的含义下面已经讲过了。巴利
Ayaṃ gāthā dhammasaṅgāhakehi vuttā, tassā attho heṭṭhā vutto eva.
看到一位具足功德、修习禅定、乐于禅定、内心安宁的善士,
我供养了一个铺满鲜花、铺着布料的座位。巴利
‘‘Disvāna guṇasampannaṃ, jhāyiṃ jhānarataṃ sataṃ; Adāsiṃ pupphābhikiṇṇaṃ, āsanaṃ dussasanthataṃ.
我拿着半条莲花鬘,在座位四周;
怀着清净的信心,我用自己的双手把花瓣四处撒下。巴利
‘‘Upaḍḍhaṃ padmamālāhaṃ, āsanassa samantato; Abbhokirissaṃ pattehi, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi.
这就是那善业给我的如此果报。
我受到诸天神的恭敬、尊重与敬奉。巴利
‘‘Tassa kammakusalassa, idaṃ me īdisaṃ phalaṃ; Sakkāro garukāro ca, devānaṃ apacitā ahaṃ.
凡有净信者,施座于正解脱、寂静之梵行者;
难陀,如是当如我所作。巴利
‘‘Yo ve sammāvimuttānaṃ, santānaṃ brahmacārinaṃ; Pasanno āsanaṃ dajjā, evaṃ nande yathā ahaṃ.
所以,真正想要利益自己、渴望大成就的人,
应当把座位布施给那位持最后身的人。——这是天女所说的偈颂。巴利
‘‘Tasmā hi attakāmena, mahattamabhikaṅkhatā; Āsanaṃ dātabbaṃ hoti, sarīrantimadhārina’’nti. – devatāya vuttagāthā;
38 38. 其中,“具足功德”是指具备一切声闻的功德,或者说,以这些功德而圆满。由此显示出已经达到声闻巴拉密智的顶点。“禅修者”是指以所缘禅修和特相禅修这两种方式习惯于修禅的人,或者说,他通过这种禅修烧尽了一切应当被烧尽的烦恼阵营,并安住于烧尽之后的状态。正因为如此,他“乐于禅那”,也就是欢喜禅那。“寂静”是指平静、安宁,意思是善士。“散满花”是指被花撒满,意思是被莲花瓣遍满撒布。“敷布”是指用布在上面覆盖。巴利
38. Tattha guṇasampannanti sabbehi sāvakaguṇehi samannāgataṃ, tehi vā paripuṇṇaṃ. Etena sāvakapāramiñāṇassa matthakappattiṃ dasseti. Jhāyinti ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ lakkhaṇūpanijjhānanti duvidhenāpi jhānena jhāyanasīlaṃ, tena vā jhāpetabbaṃ sabbasaṃkilesapakkhaṃ jhāpetvā ṭhitaṃ. Tato eva jhāne ratanti jhānarataṃ. Satanti samānaṃ, santaṃ vā, sappurisanti attho. Pupphābhikiṇṇanti pupphehi abhikiṇṇaṃ, kamaladalehi abhippakiṇṇanti attho. Dussasanthatanti vatthena upari atthataṃ.
39 半朵莲花,是指我这半朵莲花。座位周围,是指在长老所坐的座位四周的地面上。撒满,就是遍撒、遍散。怎么撒呢?以花瓣,就是把那半朵莲花的花瓣一片一片分开,像降下花雨一样撒落。巴利
39.Upaḍḍhaṃ padmamālāhanti upaḍḍhaṃ padumapupphaṃ ahaṃ. Āsanassa samantatoti therena nisinnassa āsanassa samantā bhūmiyaṃ. Abbhokirissanti abhiokiriṃ abhippakiriṃ. Kathaṃ? Pattehīti, tassa upaḍḍhapadumassa visuṃ visuṃ katehi pattehi pupphavassābhivassanakaniyāmena okirinti attho.
40 这就是我的如此果报。他以“象啊,你有着优越的身形”等语,把已被长老提及和未被提及的寿命、声誉、安乐、容貌等种种自己的天界成就一并展示之后,为了再展示长老尚未提及的自身威神之力成就,又说了“恭敬、尊重”等语。以此表明:“尊者,不只是您所说的那样——这是我在此地的功德果报,而且这天的统治权也是我的。”其中,“恭敬”指表达敬意的行为,意思是“为诸天神所应恭敬”。“尊重”同样指“应被尊重”。“诸天神”指“为诸天神”。“被敬奉”指“被供养”。巴利
40.Idaṃ me īdisaṃ phalanti iminā ‘‘kuñjaro te varāroho’’tiādinā therena gahitaṃ aggahitañca āyuyasasukharūpādibhedaṃ attano dibbasampattiṃ ekato dassetvā punapi therena aggahitameva attano ānubhāvasampattiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sakkāro garukāro’’tiādimāha. Tena ‘‘na kevalaṃ bhante tumhehi yathāvuttameva idha mayhaṃ puññaphalaṃ, apica kho idaṃ dibbaṃ ādhipateyyampī’’ti dasseti. Tattha sakkāroti ādarakiriyā, devehi attano sakkātabbatāti attho. Tathā garukāroti garukātabbatā. Devānanti devehi. Apacitāti pūjitā.
41 “善解脱者”是指彻底解脱、已经断除一切烦恼的人。“寂静者”是指身、语、意业都寂静的善士。“梵行者”是指因为已经修习了道梵行和教法梵行而成为梵行者。“以净信施与座位”是指由于对业果的净信和对三宝的净信,内心变得清净,即使只布施一个座位。难陀,就像我因为那次布施座位,如今欢喜快乐,其他人也会同样欢喜快乐。巴利
41.Sammāvimuttānanti suṭṭhu vimuttānaṃ sabbasaṃkilesappahāyīnaṃ. Santānanti santakāyavacīmanokammānaṃ sādhūnaṃ. Maggabrahmacariyassa ca sāsanabrahmacariyassa ca ciṇṇattā brahmacārinaṃ. Pasanno āsanaṃ dajjāti kammaphalasaddhāya ratanattayasaddhāya ca pasannamānaso hutvā yadi āsanamattampi dadeyya. Evaṃ nande yathā ahanti yathā ahaṃ tena āsanadānena etarahi nandāmi modāmi, evameva aññopi nandeyya modeyya.
42 “因此”就是指由于这个原因。hi这个词只是语助词。“欲自利者”就是指希望自己得到利益的人。一个人做对自己有利益的事,不做对自己没有利益的事,他就是欲自利者。“广大”指果报广大。“持最后身者”指持有最后身体的人,也就是诸漏已尽的阿拉汉。这里的意思是:因为我布施座位给阿拉汉,所以我现在能这样享受天界的成就之乐;因此,其他也希望自己得到提升的人,也应当布施座位给那些住于最后身的人。他由此说明:没有像那样的福德了。那些人的情况正如前面所说。巴利
42.Tasmāti tena kāraṇena. Hi-saddo nipātamattaṃ. Attakāmenāti attano hitakāmena. Yo hi attano hitāvahaṃ kammaṃ karoti, na ahitāvahaṃ, so attakāmo. Mahattanti vipākamahattaṃ. Sarīrantimadhārinanti antimaṃ dehaṃ dhārentānaṃ, khīṇāsavānanti attho. Ayañhettha attho – yasmā arahataṃ āsanadānena ahaṃ evaṃ dibbasampattiyā modāmi, tasmā aññenāpi attano abhivuddhiṃ patthayamānena antimasamussaye ṭhitānaṃ āsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, natthi tādisaṃ puññanti dasseti. Tesaṃ vuttasadisamevāti.
6. 初船天宫注释巴利
6. Paṭhamanāvāvimānavaṇṇanā
“金顶船”就是名为船的天宫。它的来历是怎样的呢?世尊住在舍卫城的时候,有十六位比丘在某个村落附近的住处度过雨安居。雨安居结束后,他们想:“我们要去见世尊,听法。”于是就在夏季踏上了前往舍卫城的长途旅程。途中有一片无水的荒野,他们被酷热折磨,又累又渴,找不到水喝,便走到离某个村子不远的地方。那里有个女人拿着水罐,朝水井走去,准备打水。比丘们看见她,心想:“这女人去的地方,应该能找到水喝。”他们被口渴逼得受不了,就朝她去的方向走过去,看见水井后,在离她不远的地方停了下来。那女人从井里打了水,正要转身回去时看见了这些比丘,知道“这些尊者需要水,他们渴了”,于是生起恭敬心,请他们喝水。比丘们从钵袋里取出滤水器,过滤后喝够了水,又用水凉了凉手脚,随喜那女人布施水的功德,然后就离开了。巴利
Suvaṇṇacchadanaṃnāvanti nāvāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavati sāvatthiyaṃ viharante soḷasamattā bhikkhū aññatarasmiṃ gāmakāvāse vasitvā vutthavassā ‘‘bhagavantaṃ passissāma, dhammañca suṇissāmā’’ti sāvatthiṃ uddissa gimhasamaye addhānamaggaṃ paṭipannā, antarāmagge ca nirudako kantāro, te ca tattha ghammābhitattā kilantā tasitā pānīyaṃ alabhamānā aññatarassa gāmassa avidūrena gacchanti. Tattha aññatarā itthī udakabhājanaṃ gahetvā udakatthāya udapānābhimukhī gacchati. Atha te bhikkhū taṃ disvā ‘‘yatthāyaṃ itthī gacchati, tattha gate pānīyaṃ laddhuṃ sakkā’’ti pipāsāparetā taṃdisābhimukhā gantvā udapānaṃ disvā tassā avidūre aṭṭhaṃsu. Sā itthī tato udakaṃ gahetvā nivattitukāmā te bhikkhū disvā ‘‘ime ayyā udakena atthikā pipāsitā’’ti ñatvā garucittīkāraṃ upaṭṭhapetvā udakena nimantesi. Te pattathavikato parissāvanaṃ nīharitvā parissāvetvā yāvadatthaṃ pānīyaṃ pivitvā hatthapāde sītale katvā tassā itthiyā pānīyadāne anumodanaṃ vatvā agamaṃsu.
她把那份功德放在心里,时不时就忆念起来。后来她命终之后,投生到了三十三天。凭着那份功德的威力,一座宏伟的宫殿化现出来,周围点缀着如意树。那宫殿被一条河环绕着,河岸上铺着洁白的细沙,像是用珍珠网和白银装饰过一样;河里流淌着清澈的水,宛如成堆的宝石。河的两岸和宫殿园林的入口处,化现出一方大莲池,池中开满了五色莲花丛,还有一艘金船一同化现出来。她就在那里享受天界的福报,在船上嬉戏、游乐、四处游荡。后来有一天,具寿大目犍连游历天界,看见这位天女在船上嬉戏,就问她过去所造的功德业:巴利
Sā taṃ puññaṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā antarantarā anussarantī aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbatti. Tassā puññānubhāvena kapparukkhopasobhitaṃ mahantaṃ vimānaṃ uppajji. Taṃ vimānaṃ parikkhipitvā muttajālarajatavibhūsitā viya sikatāvakiṇṇapaṇḍarapulinataṭā maṇikkhandhanimmalasalilavāhinī saritā. Tassā ubhosu tīresu uyyānavimānadvāre ca mahatī pokkharaṇī pañcavaṇṇapadumasaṇḍamaṇḍitā saha suvaṇṇanāvāya nibbatti. Sā tattha dibbasampattiṃ anubhavantī nāvāya kīḷantī laḷantī vicarati. Athekadivasaṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno devacārikaṃ caranto taṃ devadhītaraṃ nāvāya kīḷantiṃ disvā tāya katapuññakammaṃ pucchanto –
女子,你登上那艘以黄金为盖的船,立于其上;
你步入池塘,亲手采下莲花。巴利
‘‘Suvaṇṇacchadanaṃ nāvaṃ, nāri āruyha tiṭṭhasi; Ogāhasi pokkharaṇiṃ, padmaṃ chindasi pāṇinā.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
我请问你,具大神通力的王后,
生而为人时,你做过什么福德善行?
你为什么会具有这样炽盛的威德?
你的色相也遍照一切方所。他这样说。巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, Manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – āha;
于是,结集者们为了说明那位天女回答长老的方式,这样说:巴利
Tato therena puṭṭhāya devatāya vissajjitākāraṃ dassetuṃ saṅgītikārehi –
“ 那位天女被目犍连一问,心里很欢喜,
被问到时,她这样回答:这是那个业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phala’’nti. –
这则偈颂已经说了。巴利
Ayaṃ gāthā vuttā.
我曾经生在人当中,在前世的人类世界里,生而为人。
看见比丘们又渴又累,我就起身给他们水喝。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, purimāya jātiyā manussaloke; Disvāna bhikkhū tasite kilante, uṭṭhāya pātuṃ udakaṃ adāsiṃ.
确实,若有人为疲惫口渴者,起身施与饮水;
他的河流流淌着清凉的水,到处是繁茂的花,还有许多白莲花。巴利
‘‘Yo ve kilantāna pipāsitānaṃ, uṭṭhāya pātuṃ udakaṃ dadāti; Sītodakā tassa bhavanti najjo, pahūtamalyā bahupuṇḍarīkā.
那些河流永远绕着他流,河水清凉,河底铺满细沙。
芒果树、娑罗树、提罗迦树、阎浮树,还有乌达罗迦树和波吒厘树,全都开满了花。巴利
‘‘Taṃ āpagā anupariyanti sabbadā, sītodakā vālukasanthatā nadī; Ambā ca sālā tilakā ca jambuyo, uddālakā pāṭaliyo ca phullā.
这座殊胜天宫具足那些地界,具有优越形貌,极其庄严辉煌。
这便是那业在此处的果报,行福德者所得如是。巴利
‘‘Taṃbhūmibhāgehi upetarūpaṃ, vimānaseṭṭhaṃ bhusa sobhamānaṃ; Tassīdha kammassa ayaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ puññakatā labhanti.
因为这样,我才有了这样的容貌;因为这样,我在这里才得以成就。
各种让我心里喜欢的财富,也都会出现在我身上。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 大威德比丘,我告诉你:你生而为人时所作之福;
由此我具如是炽盛威光,我的容色也遍照一切方所。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
这是天神作出的回答方式。巴利
Ayaṃ devatāya vissajjitākāro.
43 43. 其中,“金覆盖”是指:两侧用绘有各种彩画的红金材质板壁遮住内部,上方又覆盖着种种宝石闪耀的金制装饰,所以叫“金覆盖”。“船”就是小船。因为它从这一岸运行到彼岸,所以叫“小船”;因为它运载众生,所以也叫“船”。“女人”是对那位天女的称呼。“人”即男子,因为能引导、能带领,所以叫“人”。就像最初生于人趣的众生,因为比其他种类殊胜、住在城邑中,所以叫“男子”;同样,因为能引导,所以叫“人”。即使是作为儿子或兄弟的人,对母亲的姐姐来说也处在父亲的位置,更何况是丈夫呢?属于男人的,就是“女人”。这个称呼原本用于人间女性,由于习惯用法,也用来称呼其他女性。“你进入池塘”——在有许多红莲花、蓝莲花等种种宝制水生花的池中,因为这里大多数是天界莲花,所以得名“池塘”;你进入这天界水池,是为了享受水中嬉戏之乐。“你用手折取莲花”——你为了摘取那朵天界莲花、那朵游戏莲花——它有着银制的茎、红莲花宝制成的花瓣、金制的花蕊和须——用手把它折断。巴利
43. Tattha suvaṇṇacchadananti vicittabhittiviracanehi rattasuvaṇṇamayehi ubhohi passehi paṭicchāditabbhantaratāya ceva nānāratanasamujjalitena kanakamayālaṅkārena upari chāditatāya ca suvaṇṇacchadanaṃ. Nāvanti potaṃ. So hi orato pāraṃ pavati gacchatīti poto, satte netīti nāvāti ca vuccati. Nārīti tassā devadhītāya ālapanaṃ. Narati netīti naro, puriso. Yathā hi paṭhamapakatibhūto satto itarāya pakatiyā seṭṭhatthena puri setīti ‘‘puriso’’ti vuccati, evaṃ nayanaṭṭhena ‘‘naro’’ti. Puttabhātubhūtopi hi puggalo mātujeṭṭhabhaginīnaṃ pituṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, pageva bhattubhūto. Narassa esāti nārī, ayañca samaññā manussitthīsu pavattā ruḷhivasena itarāsupi tathā vuccati. Ogāhasi pokkharaṇinti satipi rattuppalanīluppalādike bahuvidhe ratanamaye jalajakusume pokkharasaṅkhātānaṃ dibbapadumānaṃ tattha yebhuyyena atthitāya ‘‘pokkharaṇī’’ti laddhanāmaṃ dibbasaraṃ jalavihāraratiyā anupavisasi . Padmaṃ chindasi pāṇināti rajatamayanāḷaṃ padumarāgaratanamayapattasaṅghātaṃ kanakamayakaṇṇikākiñjakkhakesaraṃ dibbakamalaṃ līlāravindaṃ kattukāmatāya tava hatthena bhañjasi.
47 “Tasite”就是口渴的人。“Kilante”就是身体因为口渴和长途跋涉的劳累而疲惫。“Uṭṭhāya”就是发起精进、努力,不陷入懈怠,这就是它的意思。巴利
47.Tasiteti pipāsite. Kilanteti tāya pipāsāya addhānaparissamena ca kilantakāye. Uṭṭhāyāti uṭṭhānavīriyaṃ katvā, ālasiyaṃ anāpajjitvāti attho.
48 “Yo ve”等语,是通过“就像我一样,其他人也依靠以处所施水所得的功德,获得这样的果报”这一可见的事例,来推知不可见的事理,显示类推的方法,从而普遍地回答长老所问的含义。其中,“tassā”和“taṃ”指的是前面所说的那位修福者。巴利
48.Yo vetiādinā yathā ahaṃ, evaṃ aññepi āyatanagatena udakadānapuññena etādisaṃ phalaṃ paṭilabhantīti diṭṭhena adiṭṭhassa anumānavidhiṃ dassentī therena puṭṭhamatthaṃ sādhāraṇato vissajjeti. Tattha tassāti tanti ca yathāvuttapuññakārinaṃ paccāmasati.
49 “Anupariyantī”的意思是:按照相称的方式围绕。因为这样围绕了他的住处,他也就被称为“被围绕者”。“Tilakā”是一种树,开的花像丽春(bandhujīvaka)花。“Uddālakā”就是风防树,也被叫作“王树”。巴利
49.Anupariyantīti anurūpavasena parikkhipanti. Tassa vasanaṭṭhānaparikkhipanena sopi parikkhitto nāma hoti. Tilakāti bandhujīvakapupphasadisapupphā ekā rukkhajāti. Uddālakāti vātaghātakā, ye ‘‘rājarukkhā’’tipi vuccanti.
50 “Taṃbhūmibhāgehi”的意思是:以那样的地块,也就是具有前面所说的池塘、河流、园林等的地段。“Upetarūpaṃ”是说:因为具足那些池塘等而值得赞叹,也就是悦意的住处。“Bhusa sobhamānaṃ”应这样连接理解:他们得到极其闪耀、最为壮丽的天宫。其余内容按前面所说的方式理解。巴利
50.Taṃbhūmibhāgehīti tādisehi bhūmibhāgehi, yathāvuttapokkharaṇīnadīuyyānavantehi bhūmipadesehīti attho. Upetarūpanti pāsaṃsiyabhāvena upetaṃ, tesaṃ pokkharaṇīādīnaṃ vasena ramaṇīyasannivesanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhusa sobhamānanti bhusaṃ ativiya virocamānaṃ vimānaseṭṭhaṃ labhantīti yojanā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
7. 第二艘船天宫的注释巴利
7. Dutiyanāvāvimānavaṇṇanā
“金顶船”指的是第二座船天宫。它的来历是怎样的呢?世尊住在舍卫城的时候,有一位已经断尽烦恼的长老,在雨安居快要到来时,想去一个村庄的住处安居。他午后从舍卫城出发,朝着那个村庄走上长途。因为一路走得很累,他又疲惫又口渴,半路上到了一个村子。他在村外找不到有树荫又有水的地方,实在被疲劳压得受不了,就把袈裟整理好,走进村子,站在第一户人家的门口。那里有个女人看见长老,就问:“尊者,您是从哪里来的?”她看出长老一路劳累、又渴得厉害,就说:“尊者,请进来。”她把长老请进屋里,铺好座位,说:“请坐在这里。”长老坐下后,她端来洗脚水和擦脚油,又拿起扇子给他扇风。等暑热消退,她调好甘甜清凉、香气扑鼻的饮料,供养给长老。长老喝下之后,疲劳止息,做了随喜祝福,就离开了。后来那个女人命终,投生到三十三天。应当知道,这一切和前面那座天宫的情形一样。偈颂里也没有新的内容。因此说——巴利
Suvaṇṇacchadanaṃnāvanti dutiyanāvāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavati sāvatthiyaṃ viharante aññataro khīṇāsavatthero upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya gāmakāvāse vassaṃ upagantukāmo sāvatthito taṃ gāmaṃ uddissa pacchābhattaṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno, maggaparissamena kilanto tasito antarāmagge aññataraṃ gāmaṃ sampatto, bahigāme tādisaṃ chāyūdakasampannaṭṭhānaṃ apassanto parissamena ca abhibhuyyamāno cīvaraṃ pārupitvā gāmaṃ pavisitvā dhuragehasseva dvāre aṭṭhāsi. Tattha aññatarā itthī theraṃ passitvā ‘‘kuto, bhante, āgatatthā’’ti pucchitvā maggaparissamaṃ pipāsitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘‘etha, bhante’’ti gehaṃ pavesetvā ‘‘idha nisīdathā’’ti āsanaṃ paññāpetvā adāsi. Tattha nisinne pādodakaṃ pādabbhañjanatelañca datvā tālavaṇṭaṃ gahetvā bīji. Pariḷāhe vūpasante madhuraṃ sītalaṃ sugandhaṃ pānakaṃ yojetvā adāsi. Thero taṃ pivitvā paṭippassaddhakilamatho anumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Sā aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbattīti sabbaṃ anantaravimānasadisanti veditabbaṃ. Gāthāsupi apubbaṃ natthi. Tena vuttaṃ –
女子,你登上那艘以黄金为盖的船,立于其上;
你步入池塘,亲手采下莲花。巴利
‘‘Suvaṇṇacchadanaṃ nāvaṃ, nāri āruyha tiṭṭhasi; Ogāhasi pokkharaṇiṃ, padmaṃ chindasi pāṇinā.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 我问你,有大神力的天女,你生为人时造了什么福德?
你因何而有这般炽盛的威光,你的容色遍照一切方向?”巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
那位天神被目犍连尊者一问,心里很欢喜;
她回答了所问的问题:“这就是那种业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
我在过去那一世生在人当中、身为人类的时候,
看见一位比丘又渴又累,我就起身给他水喝。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, purimāya jātiyā manussaloke; Disvāna bhikkhuṃ tasitaṃ kilantaṃ, uṭṭhāya pātuṃ udakaṃ adāsiṃ.
有人确实会站起来,给疲惫口渴的人递水喝;
他的河流都是清凉的水,到处是繁花,还有许多白莲。巴利
‘‘Yo ve kilantassa pipāsitassa, ṭṭhāya pātuṃ udakaṃ dadāti; Sītodakā tassa bhavanti najjo, pahūtamalyā bahupuṇḍarīkā.
那些河流永远绕着他流,河水清凉,河床铺满细沙;
芒果树、娑罗树、提罗迦树、阎浮树,还有伍答拉咖树和波吒厘树,都开满了花。巴利
‘‘Taṃ āpagā anupariyanti sabbadā, sītodakā vālukasanthatā nadī; Ambā ca sālā tilakā ca jambuyo, uddālakā pāṭaliyo ca phullā.
这座最胜天宫具足那些地分的色相,极其辉煌。
这便是那业在此处的果报,行福德者所得如是。巴利
‘‘Taṃbhūmibhāgehi upetarūpaṃ, vimānaseṭṭhaṃ bhusa sobhamānaṃ; Tassīdha kammassa ayaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ puññakatā labhanti.
正因为这样,我才有这样的色;正因为这样,我在这里才能有所得。
各种我心爱的财富,也都为我而生起。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,大威德者,我来告诉你:我生而为人时,曾造下怎样的福德。
我具有如此炽燃的威力,我的色也照耀一切方向。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
在义注里,这里也只是说“一位长老”,并没有什么不同。巴利
Atthavaṇṇanāsupi idha ekova theroti apubbaṃ natthi.
8. 第三船天宫的注释巴利
8. Tatiyanāvāvimānavaṇṇanā
“金顶船”是指第三艘船的天宫。它的来历是怎样的呢?世尊与大比丘僧团一起在憍萨罗国各地游行,来到一个叫图那的婆罗门村。图那村的婆罗门和居士们听说:“听说沙门乔达摩已经到了我们村的地界。”那时,图那村的婆罗门和居士们对世尊没有信心,持有邪见,又生性吝啬,他们商量说:“如果沙门乔达摩进入这个村子,住上两三天,就会把这里所有人都收服到他的教说之下,这样一来,婆罗门的法就站不住脚了。”于是他们为了不让世尊住下,就动手搞破坏:把停在河岸边的船都移走,把桥梁和渡口都弄得无法通行,供水亭等设施也一并毁坏;除了一口井,其余的水井都用草和谷糠填满、封住。因此《优陀那》里说:“那时,图那村的婆罗门和居士们用草和谷糠把水井填得满满的,一直填到井口,心想:‘别让那些剃头的沙门把水弄脏。’”巴利
Suvaṇṇacchadanaṃnāvanti tatiyanāvāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā janapadacārikaṃ caranto mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ kosalajanapade yena thūṇaṃ nāma brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho thūṇeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā ‘‘samaṇo kira gotamo amhākaṃ gāmakhettaṃ anuppatto’’ti . Atha thūṇeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā appasannā micchādiṭṭhikā maccherapakatā ‘‘sace samaṇo gotamo imaṃ gāmaṃ pavisitvā dvīhatīhaṃ vaseyya, sabbaṃ imaṃ janaṃ attano vacane patiṭṭhapeyya, tato brāhmaṇadhammo patiṭṭhaṃ na labheyyā’’ti tattha bhagavato avāsāya parisakkantā nadītitthesu ṭhapitanāvāyo apanesuṃ, setusaṅkamanāni ca avalañje akaṃsu, tathā papāmaṇḍapādīni, ekaṃ udapānaṃ ṭhapetvā itarāni udapānāni tiṇādīhi pūretvā pidahiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ udāne (udā. 69) ‘‘atha kho thūṇeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā udapānaṃ tiṇassa ca bhusassa ca yāva mukhato pūresuṃ ‘mā te muṇḍakā samaṇakā pānīyaṃ apaṃsū’’’ti.
世尊知道他们那些刁难的做法后,出于悲悯,就和比丘僧团一起从空中越过河流,次第前行,来到图那婆罗门村。他离开道路,在一棵树下铺设好的座位上坐下。那时,有许多打水的女子在世尊不远处经过。而那个村里早已立下约定:如果沙门乔达摩来到这里,不应当出迎等;即使他来到家里,也不应当布施食物给他和他的弟子们。巴利
Bhagavā tesaṃ taṃ vippakāraṃ ñatvā te anukampanto saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena ākāsena nadiṃ atikkamitvā gantvā anukkamena thūṇaṃ brāhmaṇagāmaṃ patvā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle paññatte āsane nisīdi. Tena ca samayena sambahulā udakahāriniyo bhagavato avidūrena atikkamanti. Tasmiñca gāme ‘‘sace samaṇo gotamo idhāgamissati, na tassa paccuggamanādikaṃ kātabbaṃ, gehaṃ āgatassa cassa sāvakānañca bhikkhāpi na dātabbā’’ti katikā katā hoti.
那时,有个婆罗门的女仆提着罐子去取水,路上看见世尊被比丘僧团围绕着坐在那里,又看出比丘们因为赶路而疲惫口渴,心里就生起了清净的信心,想要供水。她心想:“虽然村里人已经约定:‘对沙门乔达摩,什么都不该给,连起码的礼数也不该做。’可是,如果我遇到这样殊胜的功德田、这样值得供养的对象,却连供水这点善行都不为自己种下依托,那我什么时候才能从这种苦日子里解脱出来?就算我的主人和全村人都要杀我、绑我,我也一定要在这功德田里供水。”她这样下定决心后,别的取水女人虽然劝她别这么做,她也不顾性命,从头上把水罐取下来,用双手捧着放在一边,满心欢喜,走到世尊面前,五体投地礼拜后,用水供养邀请。世尊看出她心里的净信,为了成全她,就把水滤过,洗手洗脚,然后喝了水。罐里的水却一点也没有减少。她看到这样,信心更加清净,又供养了一位比丘,接着又供养另一位,就这样供养了所有比丘,水还是没有用完。她欢欢喜喜,带着仍然满满的水罐朝家里走去。她的主人婆罗门听说她供了水,心想:“她坏了村里的规矩,我也要被人指责了。”他怒火中烧,气得浑身发抖,把她打倒在地,用手和脚踢打她。她因为这番殴打而丧命,投生到三十三天。她的天宫,就像前面“初船天宫”里所说的那样化现出来。巴利
Tattha aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa dāsī ghaṭena pānīyaṃ gahetvā gacchantī bhagavantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaparivutaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā bhikkhū ca maggaparissamena kilante tasite ñatvā pasannacittā pānīyaṃ dātukāmā hutvā ‘‘yadipi me gāmavāsino ‘samaṇassa gotamassa na kiñci dātabbaṃ, sāmīcikammampi na kātabba’nti katikaṃ katvā ṭhitā, evaṃ santepi yadi ahaṃ īdise puññakkhette dakkhiṇeyye labhitvā pānīyadānamattenāpi attano patiṭṭhaṃ na kareyyaṃ, kadāhaṃ ito dukkhajīvitato muccissāmi, kāmaṃ me ayyako sabbepime gāmavāsino maṃ hanantu vā bandhantu vā, īdise puññakkhette pānīyadānaṃ dassāmi evā’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā aññāhi udakahārinīhi vāriyamānāpi jīvite nirapekkhā sīsato pānīyaghaṭaṃ otāretvā ubhohi hatthehi pariggahetvā ekamante ṭhapetvā sañjātapītisomanassā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā pānīyena nimantesi. Bhagavā tassā cittappasādaṃ oloketvā taṃ anuggaṇhanto pānīyaṃ parissāvetvā hatthapāde dhovitvā pānīyaṃ pivi, ghaṭe udakaṃ parikkhayaṃ na gacchati. Sā taṃ disvā puna pasannacittā ekassa bhikkhussa adāsi, tathā aparassa aparassāti sabbesampi adāsi, udakaṃ na khīyateva. Sā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā yathāpuṇṇena ghaṭena gehābhimukhī agamāsi. Tassā sāmiko brāhmaṇo pānīyassa dinnabhāvaṃ sutvā ‘‘imāya gāmavattaṃ bhinnaṃ, ahañca gārayho kato’’ti kodhena pajjalanto taṭataṭāyamāno taṃ bhūmiyaṃ pātetvā hatthehi ca pādehi ca pahari. Sā tena upakkamena jīvitakkhayaṃ patvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbati, vimānaṃ cassā paṭhamanāvāvimāne vuttasadisaṃ uppajji.
这时,世尊吩咐尊者阿难:“来吧,阿难,你去从那口井里取些水来给我。”长老回答说:“尊者,现在那口井被图那村的人弄脏了,没法取水。”世尊第二次、第三次下令。到第三次时,长老拿着世尊的钵,朝水井走去。长老正走过去时,井水变得满满当当,溢出来向四周流淌,把所有的草屑和谷壳都浮起来,自己散开流走。那流淌的水不断上涨,灌满了其他水池,环绕淹没了那个村庄所在的区域。婆罗门们看到这个神奇的变化,心中生起稀有惊叹之情,向世尊请求原谅。就在那一刻,大水消失了。他们为世尊和比丘僧团安排好住处,邀请他们第二天来应供。第二天,他们备办了盛大的布施,用美味可嚼的食物和可吃的食物供养了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。图那村所有的婆罗门和居士们,在世尊吃完饭、放下钵之后,恭敬地坐在一旁。巴利
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, udapānato pānīyaṃ āharā’’ti. Thero ‘‘idāni, bhante, udapāno thūṇeyyakehi dūsito, na sakkā pānīyaṃ āharitu’’nti āha. Bhagavā dutiyampi tatiyampi āṇāpesi. Tatiyavāre thero bhagavato pattaṃ ādāya udapānābhimukho agamāsi. Gacchante there udapāne udakaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hutvā uttaritvā samantato sandati, sabbaṃ tiṇabhusaṃ upalavitvā sayameva apagacchati. Tena sandamānena salilena uparūpari vaḍḍhantena aññe jalāsaye pūretvā taṃ gāmaṃ parikkhipantena gāmappadeso ajjhottharīyati. Taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā brāhmaṇā acchariyabbhutacittajātā bhagavantaṃ khamāpesuṃ, taṅkhaṇaññeva udakogho antaradhāyi. Te bhagavato ca bhikkhusaṅghassa ca nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ saṃvidhāya svātanāya nimantetvā dutiyadivase mahādānaṃ sajjetvā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena parivisitvā sabbe thūṇeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ payirupāsantā nisīdiṃsu.
那时,那位天神审视自己的天界福报,追究它背后的原因,知道是来自“布施饮水”,于是满心欢喜雀跃,想道:“我现在就去礼敬世尊,也要让世人对正行之人所做的善行,哪怕很小,其广大果报在人世显明。”她生起精进之心,由上千天女围绕,连同有园林等设施的天宫一起,以广大的天界神通、广大的天界威势,在众人亲眼目睹之下到来,从天宫下来,走近世尊,顶礼之后,合掌站立。于是世尊为了让那群大众亲眼看清业果,便说道:巴利
Tena ca samayena sā devatā attano sampattiṃ paccavekkhitvā tassā kāraṇaṃ upadhārentī taṃ ‘‘pānīyadāna’’nti ñatvā pītisomanassajātā ‘‘handāhaṃ idāneva bhagavantaṃ vandissāmi, sammāpaṭipannesu katānaṃ appakānampi kārānaṃ uḷāraphalatañca manussaloke pākaṭaṃ karissāmī’’ti ussāhajātā accharāsahassaparivārā uyyānādisahitena vimānena saddhiṃyeva mahatiyā deviddhiyā mahantena devānubhāvena mahājanakāyassa passantasseva āgantvā vimānato oruyha bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā abhivādetvā añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ bhagavā tassā parisāya kammaphalaṃ paccakkhato vibhāvetukāmo –
女子,你登上那艘以黄金为盖的船,立于其上;
你步入池塘,亲手采下莲花。巴利
‘‘Suvaṇṇacchadanaṃ nāvaṃ, nāri āruyha tiṭṭhasi; Ogāhasi pokkharaṇiṃ, padmaṃ chindasi pāṇinā.
你的住所是尖顶楼阁,各部分按比例测量建造;
它们闪闪发光,从四周照亮四个方向。巴利
‘‘Kūṭāgārā nivesā te, vibhattā bhāgaso mitā; Daddallamānā ābhanti, samantā caturo disā.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 我问你,具大威力的女神:你生而为人时,造了什么福业?
你因何而有这般炽盛的威光,你的容色遍照一切方向?”巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ, Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
他用四首偈颂来提问。巴利
Catūhi gāthāhi pucchi.
那位天神满心欢喜,正被正觉者亲自询问,
被问到时,她回答了:“这是哪种业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, sambuddheneva pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phala’’nti. –
结集者们说道。巴利
Saṅgītikārā āhaṃsu.
我曾经投生在人当中,在过去那一世生而为人,处在人的世界里。
看见那些又渴又累的比丘,我就起身给他们水喝。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, purimāya jātiyā manussaloke; Disvāna bhikkhū tasite kilante, uṭṭhāya pātuṃ udakaṃ adāsiṃ.
确实,若有人为疲惫口渴者,起身施与饮水;
他的河流流淌着清凉的水,岸边满是鲜花,还开着许多白莲。巴利
‘‘Yo ve kilantāna pipāsitānaṃ, uṭṭhāya pātuṃ udakaṃ dadāti; Sītodakā tassa bhavanti najjo, pahūtamalyā bahupuṇḍarīkā.
清凉的河水、铺满细沙的河流,时时刻刻都环绕着你。
芒果树、娑罗树、提罗迦树、阎浮树、乌达罗迦树和波吒厘树,都开满了花。巴利
‘‘Taṃ āpagā anupariyanti sabbadā, sītodakā vālukasanthatā nadī; Ambā ca sālā tilakā ca jambuyo, uddālakā pāṭaliyo ca phullā.
具足那块土地部分形色的最殊胜天宫,极其辉煌灿烂。
这便是那业在此处的果报,行福德者所得如是。巴利
‘‘Taṃbhūmibhāgehi upetarūpaṃ, vimānaseṭṭhaṃ bhusa sobhamānaṃ; Tassīdha kammassa ayaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ puññakatā labhanti.
我的尖顶楼阁住所,按部分划分、按尺寸计量;
它们闪闪发光,从四面八方照亮四个方向。巴利
‘‘Kūṭāgārā nivesā me, vibhattā bhāgaso mitā; Daddallamānā ābhanti, samantā caturo disā.
因为那样,我才有了这样的容貌;因为那样,我在这里才能有所成就。
凡是我心里觉得可爱的种种受用,都是为我而生的。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Tappajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 有大神力的佛陀啊,我来告诉您:我生为人身时,曾造下怎样的福德。
我因这个而有如此炽盛的威神之力,而且我的色相遍照一切方向;
这是这个业的果报,这是我的,是为了我,佛陀才喝下了水。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te buddha mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsati; Etassa kammassa phalaṃ mamedaṃ, atthāya buddho udakaṃ apāyī’’ti. –
回答的偈颂。巴利
Vissajjanagāthāyo.
63 在这里,虽然那位天神在大目犍连尊者询问她的时候,并没有站在船上,也没有走进池塘,更没有摘莲花,但她被业力的力量所推动,经常热衷于在水中嬉戏,所以才会那样做。这样说明,是为了显示她的行为并没有中断。而且这个道理不只在这里适用,在下面的偈颂里也应该同样理解。巴利
63. Tattha kiñcāpi sā devatā yadā mahāmoggallāno pucchi, tadā taṃ nāvaṃ āruyha na ṭhitā, na pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhati, nāpi padumaṃ chindati, kammānubhāvacoditā pana abhiṇhaṃ jalavihārapasutā tathā karotīti taṃ kiriyāvicchedaṃ dassanavasenevaṃ vuttaṃ. Ayañca attho na kevalamidheva, atha kho heṭṭhimesupi evameva daṭṭhabbo.
72 72. “尖顶屋”是指带有金制尖顶装饰的房屋。“住所”就是住处,意思是房厢。因此说“被划分开来,按部分量度”。因为那些房屋是四厢式的,彼此就像对方的倒影一样,各自分明地分开,而且大小完全一致,就好像按部分量度过一样。“闪闪发光”是极为光辉灿烂的意思。“照耀”是指以摩尼宝珠和黄金的光芒之网放射光明。巴利
72.Kūṭāgārāti suvaṇṇamayakaṇṇikābaddhagehavanto. Nivesāti nivesanāni, kaccharānīti attho. Tenāha ‘‘vibhattā bhāgaso mitā’’ti. Tāni hi catusālabhūtāni aññamaññassa paṭibimbabhūtāni viya paṭivibhattarūpāni samappamāṇatāya bhāgaso mitāni viya honti. Daddallamānāti ativiya vijjotamānā. Ābhantīti maṇiratanakanakaraṃsijālehi obhāsenti.
74 “为我”这个词要结合前后文来看,这里的连接方式是:“我的业”“为了我的利益”。“饮用了水”是指前面所说的那次供水,这个福德业的果报就是天界成就。因为为了我的利益,在包括天界在内的世间中,最值得供养的佛陀世尊,饮用了我所供养的水。其余内容按照前面所说的方法理解即可。巴利
74.Mamāti idaṃ pubbāparāpekkhaṃ, mama kammassa mama atthāyāti ayañhettha yojanā. Udakaṃ apāyīti yadetaṃ udakadānaṃ vuttaṃ, etassa puññakammassa idaṃ phalaṃ yāyaṃ dibbasampatti, yasmā mamatthāya sadevake loke aggadakkhiṇeyyo buddho bhagavā mayā dinnaṃ udakaṃ apāyīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
天女就这样生起了清净的信心,世尊便为她作诸佛自悟的最殊胜说法,开示四圣谛。说法结束时,她证入了入流果;当时在场的大众,也因这场说法得到了真实的利益。巴利
Evaṃ pasannamānasāya devatāya bhagavā sāmukkaṃsikaṃ dhammadesanaṃ karonto saccāni pakāsesi. Sā desanāpariyosāne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi, sampattaparisāyapi dhammadesanā sātthikā ahosi.
第9篇 灯天宫的注释巴利
9. Dīpavimānavaṇṇanā
“以绝妙之色”这句,说的是灯天宫。它的来历是怎样的呢?
世尊住在舍卫城的时候,在伍波萨他日那天,许多近事男受持伍波萨他戒。午前,他们各自随自己的能力作了布施,按时吃完饭,穿上干净的下衣,披上干净的上衣,手里拿着香、花鬘等供品,午后前往精舍,亲近那些令人心生敬信的比丘,到傍晚时听法。其中有些人想留在精舍里过夜。他们正在听法的时候,太阳落山了,天黑了。这时有一个女人心想:“现在该点灯了。”于是她让人从自己家里取来灯油等物,把灯点燃,放在法座前面,然后继续听法。她因为供养这盏灯而满心欢喜,生起喜悦和快乐,礼敬之后回到自己家中。后来她命终,投生到三十三天的光焰天宫。她的身体光明极其明亮,胜过其他天神,照耀着十个方向。有一天,大目犍连尊者在天界游历。此事的详细经过,应当按前面所说的方式来了知。这里则是——巴利
Abhikkantenavaṇṇenāti dīpavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavati sāvatthiyaṃ viharante uposathadivase sambahulā upāsakā uposathikā hutvā purebhattaṃ yathāvibhavaṃ dānaṃ datvā kālasseva bhuñjitvā suddhavatthanivatthā suddhuttarāsaṅgā gandhamālādihatthā pacchābhattaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā manobhāvanīye bhikkhū payirupāsitvā sāyanhe dhammaṃ suṇanti. Vihāreyeva vasitukāmānaṃ tesaṃ dhammaṃ suṇantānaṃyeva sūriyo atthaṅgato, andhakāro jāto. Tatthekā aññatarā itthī ‘‘idāni dīpālokaṃ kātuṃ yutta’’nti cintetvā attano gehato padīpeyyaṃ āharāpetvā padīpaṃ ujjāletvā dhammāsanassa purato ṭhapetvā dhammaṃ suṇi. Sā tena padīpadānena attamanā pītisomanassajātā hutvā vanditvā attano gehaṃ gatā. Sā aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane jotirasavimāne nibbatti. Sarīrasobhā panassā ativiya pabhassarā aññe deve abhibhavitvā dasa disā obhāsayamānā tiṭṭhati. Athekadivasaṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno devacārikaṃ carantoti sabbaṃ heṭṭhā āgatanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Idha pana –
天神啊,你以如此殊胜的容色站立在此,
你照亮了所有方向,犹如药草星。巴利
‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, yā tvaṃ tiṭṭhasi devate; Obhāsentī disā sabbā, osadhī viya tārakā.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
天神啊,你清净无垢、光芒闪耀,是因为什么而如此超绝明亮?
你用什么让全身的光辉照亮了所有方向?巴利
‘‘Kena tvaṃ vimalobhāsā, atirocasi devatā; Kena te sabbagattehi, sabbā obhāsate disā.
“ 我请问您,具有大神力的天女:您生为人时,造了什么福业?
你因何而有这般炽盛的威光,你的容色遍照一切方向?”巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
他用四首偈颂来提问。巴利
Catūhi gāthāhi pucchi.
那位天神心中欢喜,被目犍连问到。
她回答了所问的问题:“这就是那种业带来的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
我前世在人间,生而为人。
在那一片漆黑和浓暗之中,到了该点灯的时候,我献上了一盏灯。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, purimāya jātiyā manussaloke; Tamandhakāramhi timīsikāyaṃ, padīpakālamhi adāsi dīpaṃ.
有人在黑暗里、在极深的暗夜中,在需要灯的时候布施了一盏灯;
一座名叫光味的天宫出现了,那里花环繁多,白莲处处。巴利
‘‘Yo andhakāramhi timīsikāyaṃ, padīpakālamhi dadāti dīpaṃ; Uppajjati jotirasaṃ vimānaṃ, pahūtamalyaṃ bahupuṇḍarīkaṃ.
因为那样,我才有了这样的容貌;因为那样,我在这里才有所成就。
各种让我心里喜欢的东西,都会出现在我身边。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
因为这样,我以无垢的光明,比天神们还要光辉耀眼。
因此,所有方向都因我的全身而照耀。巴利
‘‘Tenāhaṃ vimalobhāsā, atirocāmi devatā; Tena me sabbagattehi, sabbā obhāsate disā.
“ 大威德的比丘啊,我向您诉说我做人时所造的福业。
因此我具有这样炽盛的威光,我的色也照耀一切方。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
75 75. 其中,“以殊胜的容色”这句里,“殊胜”(abhikkanta)这个词,在“尊者,夜已殊胜地过去,初夜分已消逝”等语句中,是“消尽”的意思;在“此人在四种人当中更为殊胜、更为殊妙”等语句中,是“美好”的意思;在“殊胜啊,尊者,殊胜啊,尊者”等语句中,是“随喜赞叹”的意思;在“以殊胜的容色,照耀一切方”等语句中,是“美丽”的意思。这里也应当理解为“美丽”。所以,“以殊胜的”就是指极其可意、极其令人欢喜,也就是美丽的意思。“容色”指肤色。“照耀一切方”是指照亮全部十个方向,让所有方向都充满一片光明。像什么呢?回答说“如药草般的星星”。星星之所以得名“药草”,是因为它拥有旺盛的光明,或者因为它能给药草提供助力。就像那样的星星周遍地放出光明而安住,同样,你也照耀着一切方而安住。巴利
75. Tattha abhikkantena vaṇṇenāti ettha abhikkanta-saddo ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.20; udā. 45; cūḷava. 383) khaye āgato. ‘‘Ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.100) sundare. ‘‘Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.250; pārā. 15) abbhanumodane. ‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā’’tiādīsu (vi. va. 857) abhirūpe. Idhāpi abhirūpe eva daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā abhikkantenāti atikantena atimanāpena, abhirūpenāti attho. Vaṇṇenāti chavivaṇṇena. Obhāsentī disā sabbāti sabbāpi dasa disā jotentī ekālokaṃ karontī. Kiṃ viyāti āha ‘‘osadhī viya tārakā’’ti. Ussannā pabhā etāya dhīyati, osadhīnaṃ vā anubalappadāyikāti katvā ‘‘osadhī’’ti laddhanāmā tārakā yathā samantato ālokaṃ kurumānā tiṭṭhati, evameva tvaṃ sabbā disā obhāsayantī tiṭṭhasīti.
77 以一切肢体:意思是说,以身体的所有部分,以全部大小肢节来照耀;这里用的是表示原因的具格。照耀一切方:就是照亮所有十方。也有人读作“obhāsare”,那么对他们来说,“一切方”就应当理解为复数。巴利
77.Sabbagattehīti sabbehi sarīrāvayavehi, sakalehi aṅgapaccaṅgehi obhāsatīti adhippāyo, hetumhi cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Sabbā obhāsate disāti sabbāpi dasadisā vijjotati. ‘‘Obhāsare’’tipi paṭhanti, tesaṃ sabbā disāti bahuvacanameva daṭṭhabbaṃ.
81 “在点灯的时候”是指做灯、准备点灯的时候,也就是适合点灯的黑暗中。因此说“在黑暗中、在浓暗里”,意思是在浓密的大黑暗中。布施灯明:无论点燃还是不点燃,都是在布施灯,也就是为了应受供养的人而把灯具等物舍出去。投生到光味天宫:是以结生的方式投生到光味天宫。其余部分如前所说。巴利
81.Padīpakālamhīti padīpakaraṇakāle, padīpujjalanayogge andhakāreti attho. Tenāha ‘‘yo andhakāramhi timīsikāya’’nti, bahale mahandhakāreti attho. Dadāti dīpanti padīpaṃ ujjālento vā anujjālento vā padīpadānaṃ dadāti, padīpopakaraṇāni dakkhiṇeyye uddissa pariccajati. Upapajjati jotirasaṃ vimānanti paṭisandhiggahaṇavasena jotirasaṃ vimānaṃ upagacchatīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
那时,天神已经回答了所问的问题,长老就以这件事为因由,讲说布施等法,看出她的心已经调柔堪任,于是为她开示四圣谛。四圣谛讲完时,那位天神和她的随从们都证得了入流果。长老从那里回来后,把这件事禀告世尊。世尊就以这件事为因缘,为在场的大众详细说法。那次开示给大众带来了大利益,大众尤其恭敬地去做布施灯明这件事。巴利
Atha yathāpucchite atthe devatāya kathite thero tameva kathaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā dānādikathāya tassā kallacittādibhāvaṃ ñatvā saccāni pakāsesi, saccapariyosāne saparivārā sā devatā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Thero tato āgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ bhagavato ārocesi, bhagavā tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ sampattaparisāya vitthārena dhammaṃ desesi . Sā desanā mahājanassa sātthikā jātā, mahājano visesato dīpadāne sakkaccakārī ahosīti.
第10篇 施芝麻天宫的注释巴利
10. Tiladakkhiṇavimānavaṇṇanā
“以殊胜的容色……”这一句,说的是“施芝麻天宫”。它的来历是这样的:世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时候,王舍城里有一个怀孕的女人,正在洗芝麻,摊在太阳下晒干,想拿来榨油。她的寿命已经快尽了,就在当天就要死去,而且她有一份会让她堕入地狱的业已经成熟,正等着她。那时,世尊在破晓时分以天眼观察世间,看见了她,心里想:“这个女人今天死后会投生到地狱去。不如我通过接受她布施芝麻的因缘,让她能投生到天界。”于是世尊从舍卫城瞬间就到了王舍城。上午时分,他穿好下衣,拿着钵和袈裟,在王舍城里挨家挨户乞食,一路来到了她家门口。那个女人看见世尊,心里生起极大的喜悦和欢喜,急忙站起来,双手合掌。她环顾四周,找不到别的适合供养的东西,就洗净手脚,把芝麻聚成一堆,用双手满满捧起一把,撒进世尊的钵里,然后向世尊礼拜。世尊出于悲悯,对她说:“愿你幸福。”说完就离开了。她在当天夜里破晓时分死去,就像从睡梦中醒来一样,投生到了三十三天一座宽十二由旬的黄金天宫里。巴利
Abhikkantena vaṇṇenāti tiladakkhiṇavimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena ca samayena rājagahe aññatarā itthī gabbhinī tile dhovitvā ātape sukkhāpeti telaṃ kātukāmā. Sā ca parikkhīṇāyukā taṃ divasameva cavanadhammā, nirayasaṃvattanikaṃ cassā kammaṃ okāsaṃ katvā ṭhitaṃ. Atha naṃ bhagavā paccūsavelāyaṃ lokaṃ volokento dibbacakkhunā disvā cintesi ‘‘ayaṃ itthī ajja kālaṃ katvā niraye nibbattissati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ tilabhikkhāpaṭiggahaṇena taṃ saggūpagaṃ kareyya’’nti. So sāvatthito taṅkhaṇeneva rājagahaṃ gantvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahe piṇḍāya caranto anupubbena tassā gehadvāraṃ pāpuṇi. Sā itthī bhagavantaṃ passitvā sañjātapītisomanassā sahasā uṭṭhahitvā katañjalī aññaṃ dātabbayuttakaṃ apassantī hatthapāde dhovitvā tile rāsiṃ katvā ubhohi hatthehi pariggahetvā añjalipūraṃ tilaṃ bhagavato patte ākiritvā bhagavantaṃ vandi. Taṃ bhagavā anukampamāno ‘‘sukhinī hohī’’ti vatvā pakkāmi. Sā tassā rattiyā paccūsasamaye kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kanakavimāne suttapabuddhā viya nibbatti.
这时,具寿大目犍连尊者在天界游历,来到她面前——她正被一千名天女围绕着,以广大的天界神通显得光辉灿烂——巴利
Athāyasmā mahāmoggallāno devacārikaṃ caranto taṃ accharāsahassaparivutaṃ mahatiyā deviddhiyā virocamānamupagantvā –
天女啊,你以如此殊胜的容色站在那里,
照亮了所有方向,就像晨星一样。巴利
‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, yā tvaṃ tiṭṭhasi devate; Obhāsentī disā sabbā, osadhī viya tārakā.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
我请问你,有大神力的天女啊,
你生为人的时候,做了什么福德善业?
你做了什么,才拥有这样闪耀的光辉?
你的色相在一切方向都放光。”——他这样问道:巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, Manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – pucchi;
“ 那位天神满心欢喜,被目犍连问起后,
她回答了所问的问题,说明这是哪种业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
我在过去世生在人当中时,是作为人而投生在人间的。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, purimāya jātiyā manussaloke.
我见到了离尘垢的佛陀,其心清净明澈、无有浊染。
我上前去,不情愿地布施了芝麻。
净信的人们,亲手向应受供养的佛陀。巴利
‘‘Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, vippasannamanāvilaṃ; Āsajja dānaṃ adāsiṃ, akāmā tiladakkhiṇaṃ; Dakkhiṇeyyassa buddhassa, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi.
因为那个业,我才有这样的容貌;因为那个业,我才能在这里有所成就。
各种让我心里觉得可爱的财富,都会来到我这儿。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,大威德者,我来告诉你,我生而为人时造了什么福德。
因为那个业,我才有这样炽盛的威光,我的色相也照耀着一切方所。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
90 在这里,“āsajja”这个词,在“āsajja naṃ tathāgata”(值遇彼如来)这类句子里,是“冲撞、碰触”的意思;在“Āsajja dānaṃ deti”(遇到时就布施)这类句子里,是“相遇、碰面”的意思。在这里也应理解为“相遇”的意思。所以,“āsajja”就是相遇、碰到,也就是聚到一起、碰上了的意思。因此注释说“并非自愿”。因为她指的是:没有事先准备好该布施的东西,也没有事先生起布施的念头,在世尊突然到来时,匆忙地作了芝麻布施,所以她说:“遇到时就布施了,我并非自愿地作了芝麻供养。”其余部分按前面所说的方式理解。巴利
90. Tattha āsajjāti ayaṃ āsajja-saddo ‘‘āsajja naṃ tathāgata’’ntiādīsu (cūḷava. 350) ghaṭṭena āgato. ‘‘Āsajja dānaṃ detī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.336; a. ni. 8.31) samāgame. Idhāpi samāgameyeva daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā āsajjāti samāgantvā, samavāyena sampatvāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘akāmā’’ti. Sā hi deyyadhammasaṃvidhānapubbakaṃ purimasiddhaṃ dānasaṅkappaṃ vinā sahasā sampatte bhagavati pavattitaṃ tiladānaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘āsajja dānaṃ adāsiṃ, akāmā tiladakkhiṇa’’nti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
11. 第一贤妇天宫注释巴利
11. Paṭhamapatibbatāvimānavaṇṇanā
“鹭、孔雀和天界的鹅”——这是《贤妇天宫》。它的起因是什么?世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位女子是贤良的妻子,随顺丈夫,能忍辱,行为端正得体,即使生气也不顶撞,不说粗话,只说真实语,有信仰,心地清净,随自己的能力布施。她后来染上某种疾病,命终之后投生到三十三天。那时,尊者大目犍连像前面所说的那样在天界游行,看见这位天女正在享受广大的福报,就走到她跟前。她被一千名天女围绕,身上装饰的庄严具重达六十车,她用头面顶礼尊者的双足,然后站在一旁。尊者便问她造了什么福业,问道:巴利
Koñcā mayūrā diviyā ca haṃsāti patibbatāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tattha aññatarā itthī patibbatā ahosi bhattu anukūlavattinī khamā padakkhiṇaggāhinī, na kuddhāpi paṭippharati, apharusavācā saccavādinī saddhā pasannā yathāvibhavaṃ dānāni ca adāsi. Sā kenacideva rogena phuṭṭhā kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbatti. Athāyasmā mahāmoggallāno purimanayeneva devacārikaṃ caranto taṃ devadhītaraṃ mahatiṃ sampattiṃ anubhavantiṃ disvā tassā samīpamupagato. Sā accharāsahassaparivutā saṭṭhisakaṭabhārālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitattabhāvā therassa pādesu sirasā vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Theropi tāya katapuññakammaṃ pucchanto –
白鹭、孔雀和天界的鹅,还有叫声悦耳的杜鹃,正成群飞过;
这座天宫到处撒满鲜花,赏心悦目,缤纷多彩,受男女天众所服侍。巴利
‘‘Koñcā mayūrā diviyā ca haṃsā, vaggussarā kokilā sampatanti; Pupphābhikiṇṇaṃ rammamidaṃ vimānaṃ, anekacittaṃ naranārisevitaṃ.
有大神力的王后啊,你住在那里,种种神通变化出不同的形象;
这些天女围绕在你四周,跳舞、唱歌,让你开心。巴利
‘‘Tatthacchasi devi mahānubhāve, iddhī vikubbanti anekarūpā; Imā ca te accharāyo samantato, naccanti gāyanti pamodayanti ca.
你已经获得了天界的神通,拥有大威力的人啊,
你生为人的时候,做了什么善事?
你是因为做了什么,才拥有这样炽盛的光辉?
你的色相在一切方向都放光呢。他这样说道。巴利
‘‘Deviddhipattāsi mahānubhāve, Manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – āha;
那位天神满心欢喜,被目犍连尊者问到时,
她回答了所问的问题:“这就是那个业所带来的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
我曾生在人当中、身为人类时,是守贞的妻子,对丈夫一心一意,没有二心;
就像母亲守护孩子一样,即使生气,我也不说粗鲁的话。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, patibbatānaññamanā ahosiṃ; Mātāva puttaṃ anurakkhamānā, kuddhāpihaṃ nappharusaṃ avocaṃ.
安住于真实,舍弃妄语;乐于布施,自身已摄集。
我以清净的信心,恭敬地做了广大的饮食布施。巴利
‘‘Sacce ṭhitā mosavajjaṃ pahāya, dāne ratā saṅgahitattabhāvā; Annañca pānañca pasannacittā, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
因为那样,我才有这样的容貌;因为那样,我在这里才能得到成就。
各种我心里喜欢的财物,也都会出现在我面前。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,大威力者,我来告诉你,你生而为人时造了什么福德;
因此我具有如此炽燃的威神之力,我的色也照耀一切方。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
那位天神回答了。巴利
Sā devatā vissajjesi.
93 93. 其中,“鹬”就是鹬鸟,也叫“sārasā”。“孔雀”就是孔雀。“天界的”指具有天界的神通威力。这里应当把“天界的鹬、天界的孔雀”等四个短语都配上“天界的”来理解。“鹅”指金鹅之类的鹅。“美音”指声音甜美的鸟。“杜鹃”指黑杜鹃和白杜鹃。“处处飞舞”指它们为了讨那位天神的欢喜,一边嬉戏一边舞动,从四面八方飞落、来回游转。因为那些随从的天神化作鹬等形相,为了让天神开心,在嬉戏舞动中,就被说成是“鹬”等等。“遍撒鲜花”指布满种种串起与未串起的各种宝花。“可爱之地”指令人愉悦,也就是令心喜爱。“种种彩绘”指由种种园林、如意树、池塘,以及宫殿中种种墙壁等殊妙之物所构成的彩绘。“男女亲近侍奉”指由作为侍从的天子与天女们所亲近侍奉。巴利
93. Tattha koñcāti koñcasakuṇā, ye ‘‘sārasā’’tipi vuccanti. Mayūrāti morā. Diviyāti dibbānubhāvā. Idañhi padaṃ ‘‘diviyā koñcā, diviyā mayūrā’’tiādinā catūhipi padehi yojetabbaṃ. Haṃsāti suvaṇṇahaṃsādihaṃsā. Vaggussarāti madhurassarā. Kokilāti kāḷakokilā ceva sukkakokilā ca. Sampatantīti devatāya abhiramaṇatthaṃ kīḷantā laḷantā samantato patanti vicaranti. Koñcādirūpena hi devatāya ratijananatthaṃ parivārabhūtā devatā kīḷantā laḷantā ‘‘koñcā’’tiādinā vuttā. Pupphābhikiṇṇanti ganthitāganthitehi nānāvidharatanakusumehi okiṇṇaṃ. Rammanti ramaṇīyaṃ, manoramanti attho. Anekacittanti anekehi uyyānakapparukkhapokkharaṇiādīhi vimānesu ca anekehi bhittivisesādīhi cittaṃ. Naranārisevitanti parivārabhūtehi devaputtehi devadhītāhi ca upasevitaṃ.
94 她们以神变变化出种种形相:通过显现各种不同的形相,她们变化那些由业力威力所成就、具有种种形相的神变,施展种种神变,安住——这是与“安住”一词相连的理解。巴利
94.Iddhī vikubbanti anekarūpāti nānārūpānaṃ vidaṃsanena anekarūpā kammānubhāvasiddhā iddhī vikubbantī vikubbaniddhiyo valañjentī acchasīti yojanā.
97 “心意不向他人”说的是贞洁的妻子。如果女人的心朝向别的男人,就叫“心意向他人”;不向他人,就是“心意不向他人”。意思是:除了我的丈夫以外,我对别的男人不会生起恶劣的心念。“像母亲守护儿子一样”:就像母亲对待儿子那样,我也这样对待我的丈夫;或者,以希望众生得利、想要去除众生不利的悲悯之心,对待一切众生。“即使生气,我也不说粗恶的话”:即使因为别人做了让人不愉快的事而生气,我也从不说粗恶的话,反而只说亲爱柔和的话——这是这段话要表达的意思。巴利
97.Anaññamanāti patibbatā, patito aññasmiṃ mano etissāti aññamanā, na aññamanāti anaññamanā, mayhaṃ sāmikato aññasmiṃ purise pāpakaṃ cittaṃ na uppādesinti attho. Mātāva puttaṃ anurakkhamānāti yathā mātā puttaṃ, evaṃ mayhaṃ sāmikaṃ, sabbepi vā satte hitesitāya ahitāpanayanakāmatāya ca anuddayamānā. Kuddhāpihaṃ nappharusaṃ avocanti parena kataṃ aphāsukaṃ paṭicca kuddhāpi samānā ahaṃ pharusavacanaṃ na kathesiṃ, aññadatthu piyavacanameva abhāsinti adhippāyo.
98 “住立于谛”就是安住于真实。因为只有远离妄语,才称得上住立于谛,并不是偶尔说一句实话就能得到这个称呼,所以(世尊)说:“断除了妄语”,也就是舍弃妄语。“乐于布施”是指对布施欢喜、投入,意思是积极去做、专心去做。“以摄事摄持自身者”:就是以摄事,像对待自己一样,本性上就习惯于摄受他人。基于对业果的信心,以清净心恭敬郑重地布施食物和饮品,也布施衣服等其他物品,布施了广大、殊胜的(施物)——应当这样连接理解。其余部分和前面所说的一样。巴利
98.Sacce ṭhitāti sacce patiṭṭhitā. Yasmā musāvādā veramaṇiyā sacce patiṭṭhitā nāma hoti, na kadāci saccavacanamattenāti āha – mosavajjaṃ pahāyāti musāvādaṃ pahāya. Dāne ratāti dāne abhiratā, yuttappayuttāti attho. Saṅgahitattabhāvāti saṅgahavatthūhi attānaṃ viya sabhāveneva paresaṃ saṅgaṇhanasīlā annañca pānañca kammaphalasaddhāya pasannacittā sakkaccaṃ cittīkārena adāsiṃ, aññañca vatthādidānaṃ vipulaṃ uḷāraṃ adāsinti yojanā. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
12. 第二贤妇天宫注释巴利
12. Dutiyapatibbatāvimānavaṇṇanā
琉璃柱指的是第二贤妇天宫。它的生起因由是什么呢?据说在舍卫城,有一位近事女,她为人贤淑,对佛法有清净的信心,受持五戒并守护得极为清净,又随自己的能力布施。她命终之后,投生到了三十三天。其余部分和前面所说的一样。巴利
Veḷuriyathambhanti dutiyapatibbatāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Sāvatthiyaṃ kira aññatarā upāsikā patibbatā hutvā saddhā pasannā pañca sīlāni suvisuddhāni katvā rakkhi, yathāvibhavañca dānāni adāsi, sā kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane uppajji. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva.
琉璃宝柱,妙丽光明的天宫,彩饰种种,你已升登;
大神力的天女啊,你安住其中,示现种种大小神通。
这些天女也在你四周跳舞、唱歌,让你开心。巴利
‘‘Veḷuriyathambhaṃ ruciraṃ pabhassaraṃ, vimānamāruyha anekacittaṃ; Tatthacchasi devi mahānubhāve, uccāvacā iddhi vikubbamānā; Imā ca te accharāyo samantato, naccanti gāyanti pamodayanti ca.
你已经修成了天界的神通,拥有大威力啊,
你生而为人时,造了什么福业?
你为什么会这样具足炽盛的威光?
你的色相在一切方向都放光吗?——他问道。巴利
‘‘Deviddhipattāsi mahānubhāve, Manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – pucchi;
“ 那位天神满心欢喜,被目犍连问到之后,
被问到问题就回答:这就是那个业带来的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
我在人中成为人,是具眼者的近事女。
我曾经远离杀生,对世间别人没给的东西也一概不拿。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, upāsikā cakkhumato ahosiṃ; Pāṇātipātā viratā ahosiṃ, loke adinnaṃ parivajjayissaṃ.
我不喝酒,也不说假话,对自己的丈夫感到知足和欢喜。
我以清净的信心,恭敬地做了广大的饮食布施。巴利
‘‘Amajjapā no ca musā abhāṇiṃ, sakena sāminā ahosiṃ tuṭṭhā; Annañca pānañca pasannacittā, sakkacca dānaṃ vipulaṃ adāsiṃ.
因为这样,我才有了这样的容貌;因为这样,我在这里才得以成就。
各种让我心里觉得可爱的财富,也都会为我生起。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
比丘啊,具大神通力者,我要告诉你:
我身为人类时所造的福德;
因为这样,我具有炽盛辉煌的威光,
我的色光辉映遍照一切方向。——她回答道。巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, Manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, Vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – vissajjesi;
101 在这里,琉璃柱就是琉璃宝做成的柱子。可爱就是让人喜欢。光辉就是极其明亮闪耀。高高低低就是有高有低,意思是各种各样。巴利
101. Tattha veḷuriyathambhanti veḷuriyamaṇimayathambhaṃ. Ruciranti ramaṇīyaṃ. Pabhassaranti ativiya bhāsuraṃ. Uccāvacāti uccā ca avacā ca, vividhāti attho.
104-5 104-5. 所谓“近事女”,就是通过皈依而安住在近事女的特相中。经中确实这样说:巴利
104-5.Upāsikāti saraṇagamanena upāsikālakkhaṇe ṭhitā. Vuttañhi –
玛哈那玛,当圣弟子已经皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧,玛哈那玛,就凭这一点,圣弟子就是在家男信徒了。巴利
‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, ariyasāvako upāsako hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1033).
“具眼者”,是指以五种眼具足的佛陀、世尊。这样,先通过说明她作为近事女的身份,显示出她内心的清净;为了再显示她行为上的清净,接着说了“远离杀生”等。其中,“我满足于自己的丈夫”这句话,说的是远离邪淫。其余内容和下面所说的相同。巴利
Cakkhumatoti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumato buddhassa bhagavato. Evaṃ upāsikābhāvakittanena āsayasuddhiṃ dassetvā payogasuddhiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pāṇātipātā viratā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha sakena sāminā ahosiṃ tuṭṭhāti micchācārāveramaṇimāha. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttasadisameva.
13. 第一媳妇天宫注释巴利
13. Paṭhamasuṇisāvimānavaṇṇanā
“以殊胜的容貌”说的是媳妇天宫。它的来历是怎样的?在舍卫城的一户人家里,有位媳妇看见一位漏尽长老进家来乞食,生起欢喜和满足,心想:“这最上的福田来到我面前了。”就拿了自己分到的那份糕点,恭敬地送到长老面前。长老接过来,作了随喜祝愿就离开了。她后来命终,转生到三十三天。其余一切都和前面所说的一样。因此说:巴利
Abhikkantena vaṇṇenāti suṇisāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ gehe ekā kulasuṇhā gehaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ khīṇāsavattheraṃ disvā sañjātapītisomanassā ‘‘idaṃ mayhaṃ uttamaṃ puññakkhettaṃ upaṭṭhita’’nti attanā laddhaṃ pūvabhāgaṃ ādāya ādarena therassa upanesi, thero taṃ paṭiggahetvā anumodanaṃ katvā gato. Sā aparabhāge kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane uppajji. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttasadisameva. Tena vuttaṃ –
天神啊,你以极其美妙的容色站在那里,
就像启明星一样,照亮了所有方向。巴利
‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, yā tvaṃ tiṭṭhasi devate; Obhāsentī disā sabbā, osadhī viya tārakā.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 我请问你,具大神通力的天女:你是人时,做了什么福德?
你因何而有这般炽盛的威光,你的容色遍照一切方向?”巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
“ 那位天神被目犍连尊者询问后,满心欢喜。
她回答了所问的问题:这就是那种业所带来的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, suṇisā ahosiṃ sasurassa gehe.
我看见一位远离尘垢的比丘,内心明净,没有污浊。
我满怀净信,亲手把糕饼布施给了他。
他给了我一半,我在欢喜林里享受快乐。巴利
‘‘Addasaṃ virajaṃ bhikkhuṃ, vippasannamanāvilaṃ; Tassa adāsahaṃ pūvaṃ, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi; Bhāgaḍḍhabhāgaṃ datvāna, modāmi nandane vane.
因为这样,我才有了这样的容貌;因为这样,我在这里才会消逝。
各种我心里喜欢的财富,也都会为我生起。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,大威力者,我来告诉你:我生而为人时,曾造下怎样的福业。
因为这样,我具有如此炽盛威力的缘故,我的色相也在一切方向都放出光明。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
112 这里,“媳妇”是指儿子的妻子。对女人来说,丈夫的父亲叫“公公”,而她就是他的“媳妇”。就是针对她,才说“我曾是公公家里的媳妇”。巴利
112. Tattha suṇisāti puttassa bhariyā. Itthiyā hi sāmikassa pitā ‘‘sasuro’’ti vuccati, tassa ca sā ‘‘suṇisā’’ti. Taṃ sandhāya ‘‘suṇisā ahosiṃ sasurassa gehe’’ti.
113 半份:就是从自己分到的那一份里取一半。她说“我在欢喜园中享乐,因为长老在欢喜园里见到了她”。剩下的部分和前面说的一样。巴利
113.Bhāgaḍḍhabhāganti attanā laddhapaṭivīsato upaḍḍhabhāgaṃ. Modāmi nandane vaneti therena nandanavane diṭṭhatāya āha. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
14. 第二个善妻的天宫注释巴利
14. Dutiyasuṇisāvimānavaṇṇanā
“以殊胜的容貌”是指第二个媳妇的天宫。不过这里并没有什么新鲜内容,在事缘的起因上,唯一的差别只是布施了酸粥。因此说道——巴利
Abhikkantenavaṇṇenāti dutiyasuṇisāvimānaṃ. Ettha pana apubbaṃ natthi, aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ kummāsadānameva viseso. Tena vuttaṃ –
你以极其美妙的容色站立着,天神啊!
照亮了所有方向,就像药草星一样。巴利
‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, yā tvaṃ tiṭṭhasi devate; Obhāsentī disā sabbā, osadhī viya tārakā.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 我问你,有大神威的天女,你生而为人时做了什么福德?
你因何而有这般炽盛的威光,你的容色遍照一切方向?”巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
那位天神被目犍连一问,心里欢喜,
她被问到时就回答:“这是那个业的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
‘‘Ahaṃ manussesu manussabhūtā, suṇisā ahosiṃ sasurassa gehe.
我看见一位远离尘垢的比丘,内心清净澄澈,没有污浊。
我怀着清净的信心,亲手供养了他一份。
我把粥团布施出去后,就在欢喜园里享受快乐。巴利
‘‘Addasaṃ virajaṃ bhikkhuṃ, vippasannamanāvilaṃ; Tassa adāsahaṃ bhāgaṃ, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi; Kummāsapiṇḍaṃ datvāna, modāmi nandane vane.
因为这样,我才有这样的容貌;因为这样,我在这里才有所成就。
我内心所喜爱的各种财富,都会为我而生起。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,我来告诉你,有大神力的你,你生而为人时造了什么福德。
因此我才如此威德炽盛,我的色也照耀一切方。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti.
121 这里,“一份”是指一份麦粥。因此他说:“布施了麦粥团之后。”而“麦粥”说的是大麦麦粥。其余部分按前面所说的方式理解。巴利
121. Tattha bhāganti kummāsakoṭṭhāsaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘kummāsapiṇḍaṃ datvānā’’ti. Kummāsoti ca yavakummāso vutto. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
15. 优多罗天宫注释巴利
15. Uttarāvimānavaṇṇanā
“以殊胜的容色……”这是指优多罗天宫。它是怎么来的呢?那时,世尊住在王舍城的竹林精舍,也就是迦兰陀竹园。当时有个叫布纳的穷苦人,依靠王舍城的一位长者过活。他的妻子叫优多罗,女儿也叫优多罗,家里就只有这两个人。有一天,王舍城宣布:“大众要欢庆七天的星宿节。”长者听了,就对一早过来的布纳说:“孩子,我们家的眷属都想庆祝星宿节,你是想庆祝星宿节,还是去做工挣钱?”布纳说:“主人,星宿节是有钱人的事。我家里连明天早上煮粥的米都没有,还过什么星宿节?要是能给我牛,我就去耕田。”
“那就把牛牵去吧。”于是布纳牵了健壮的牛,拿了上好的犁,对妻子说:“贤妻,城里人都在庆祝星宿节,我因为贫穷,得去做工挣钱。你今天先煮双份的牛饲料,再把饭给我送来。”说完就到田里去了。巴利
Abhikkantena vaṇṇenāti uttarāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena ca samayena puṇṇo nāma duggatapuriso rājagahaseṭṭhiṃ upanissāya jīvati, tassa bhariyā uttarā, uttarā ca nāma dhītāti dve eva gehamānusakā. Athekadivasaṃ rājagahe ‘‘mahājanena sattāhaṃ nakkhattaṃ kīḷitabba’’nti ghosanaṃ kariṃsu. Taṃ sutvā seṭṭhi pātova āgataṃ puṇṇaṃ ‘‘tāta, amhākaṃ parijano nakkhattaṃ kīḷitukāmo, tvaṃ kiṃ nakkhattaṃ kīḷissasi, udāhu bhatiṃ karissasī’’ti āha. ‘‘Sāmi, nakkhattaṃ nāma sadhanānaṃ hoti, mama pana gehe svātanāya yāgutaṇḍulānipi natthi, kiṃ me nakkhattena? Goṇe labhanto kasituṃ gamissāmī’ti. ‘‘Tena hi goṇe gaṇhassū’’ti. So balavagoṇe ca bhaddanaṅgalañca gahetvā ‘‘bhadde, nāgarā nakkhattaṃ kīḷanti, ahaṃ daliddatāya bhatiṃ kātuṃ gamissāmi, mayhampi tāva ajja diguṇaṃ nivāpaṃ pacitvā bhattaṃ āhareyyāsī’’ti bhariyaṃ vatvā khettaṃ agamāsi.
舍利弗长老也入了七天的灭尽定,出定之后,他观察:“今天我应该摄受谁呢?”他看到布纳进入了自己智慧之网的范围,又观察:“这个人有信心吗?他有能力供养我吗?”他了解到布纳有信心,有能力供养,而且因为这件事会获得大成就,于是就拿上钵和袈裟,来到布纳耕田的地方,在水沟边看着一丛灌木,站在那里。布纳一看见长老,就停下耕作,五体投地顶礼长老,心想“长老可能需要齿木”,就把齿木处理好,做成如法的,供养给长老。然后长老拿出钵和滤水器递给他。他想“可能需要饮用水”,就接过滤水器,滤好水,供养给长老。巴利
Sāriputtattheropi sattāhaṃ nirodhasamāpanno tato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘kassa nu kho ajja mayā saṅgahaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti olokento puṇṇaṃ attano ñāṇajālassa anto paviṭṭhaṃ disvā ‘‘saddho nu kho esa, sakkhissati vā me saṅgahaṃ kātu’’nti olokento tassa saddhabhāvañca saṅgahaṃ kātuṃ samatthabhāvañca tappaccayā ca tassa mahāsampattipaṭilābhaṃ ñatvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya tassa kasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā āvāṭatīre ekaṃ gumbaṃ olokento aṭṭhāsi. Puṇṇo theraṃ disvāva kasiṃ ṭhapetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena theraṃ vanditvā ‘‘dantakaṭṭhena attho bhavissatī’’ti dantakaṭṭhaṃ kappiyaṃ katvā adāsi. Athassa thero pattañca parissāvanañca nīharitvā adāsi. So ‘‘pānīyena attho bhavissatī’’ti taṃ ādāya pānīyaṃ parissāvetvā adāsi.
长老心里想:“这个人住在别人家的后屋里。我要是去他家门口,他妻子就看不到我了。我得先待在这里,等她妻子拿了饭上路再说。”于是他在那里稍微待了一会儿,知道她已经上路了,就朝城内方向走去。那妇人在半路上看见长老,心想:“有时候我手上有能布施的东西,却见不到尊者;有时候我见到尊者,手上又没有能布施的东西。今天我却既见到了尊者,又有东西可以布施。尊者会不会接受我的供养呢?”她放下饭盒,五体投地顶礼长老,说:“尊者,请您别嫌这饭是粗是细,就接受我这份供养吧。”长老便伸出钵。她一只手端着饭盒,一只手从里面取饭布施。布施到一半的时候,长老用手遮住钵,说:“够了。”她说:“尊者,饭就这一份,没法分成两份。请您不要为您的奴仆做今生的照顾,而做来世的照顾吧,我想全部供养。”说完就把剩下的饭全放进了长老的钵里,又发愿说:“愿您所证悟的法,我也能有一份。”长老说:“但愿如此。”然后就站着作了随喜,之后在一处方便取水的地方坐下来吃饭。她也转身回去,找了米,重新煮了饭。巴利
Thero cintesi ‘‘ayaṃ paresaṃ pacchimagehe vasati, sacassa gehadvāraṃ gamissāmi, imassa bhariyā maṃ daṭṭhuṃ na sakkhissati, yāvassa bhariyā bhattaṃ ādāya maggaṃ paṭipajjati, tāva idheva bhavissāmī’’ti. So tattheva thokaṃ vītināmetvā tassā maggāruḷhabhāvaṃ ñatvā antonagarābhimukho pāyāsi. Sā antarāmagge theraṃ disvā cintesi ‘‘appekadāhaṃ deyyadhamme sati ayyaṃ na passāmi, appekadā me ayyaṃ passantiyā deyyadhammo na hoti, ajja pana me ayyo ca diṭṭho, deyyadhammo cāyaṃ atthi, karissati nu kho me saṅgaha’’nti. Sā bhattabhājanaṃ otāretvā theraṃ pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā ‘‘bhante, idaṃ lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vāti acintetvā dāsassa vo saṅgahaṃ karothā’’ti āha. Atha thero pattaṃ upanāmetvā tāya ekena hatthena bhājanaṃ dhāretvā ekena hatthena tato bhattaṃ dadamānāya upaḍḍhabhatte dinne ‘‘ala’’nti hatthena pattaṃ pidahi. Sā ‘‘bhante, ekova paṭivīso, na sakkā dvidhā kātuṃ, tumhākaṃ dāsassa idhalokasaṅgahaṃ akatvā paralokasaṅgahaṃ karotha, niravasesameva dātukāmāmhī’’ti vatvā sabbamevassa patte patiṭṭhāpetvā ‘‘tumhehi diṭṭhadhammassa bhāginī assa’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Thero ‘‘evaṃ hotū’’ti vatvā ṭhitakova anumodanaṃ katvā ekasmiṃ udakaphāsukaṭṭhāne nisīditvā bhattakiccaṃ akāsi. Sāpi paṭinivattitvā taṇḍule pariyesitvā bhattaṃ paci.
布纳耕了差不多半迦利沙那么大的地,实在饿得受不了,就把牛放开,走进一处树荫,望着大路坐了下来。这时他妻子正带着饭走过来,一看见他就想:“他饿得难受,坐在那儿望着我呢。要是他骂我‘来得太晚了’,拿赶牛的刺棒打我,我做的功德就白费了。我得先跟他说明。”于是她开口说道:“夫君,今天你心里要欢喜,别让我做的功德白费了。我一大早就来给你送饭,半路上遇见法将尊者,就把你的饭布施给了他,然后回家重新煮了饭才过来。夫君,你欢喜吧,心里欢喜起来。”他问:“贤妻,你说什么?”又听她把事情说了一遍,就说:“贤妻,你把我的饭布施给尊者,做得实在太好了。我今天一早也供养了尊者齿木和漱口水。”他心里欢喜,赞同她的话,但因为过了正午才吃上饭,身体很疲惫,就把头枕在妻子腿上,沉沉睡去。巴利
Puṇṇopi aḍḍhakarīsamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ kasitvā jighacchaṃ sahituṃ asakkonto goṇe vissajjetvā ekaṃ rukkhachāyaṃ pavisitvā maggaṃ olokento nisīdi. Athassa bhariyā bhattamādāya gacchamānā taṃ disvāva ‘‘esa jighacchāpīḷito maṃ olokento nisinno, sace maṃ ‘ativiya cirāyī’ti tajjetvā patodalaṭṭhiyā paharissati, mayā katakammaṃ niratthakaṃ bhavissati, paṭikaccevassa ārocessāmī’’ti cintetvā evamāha ‘‘sāmi, ajjekadivasaṃ cittaṃ pasādehi, mā mayā katakammaṃ niratthakaṃ kari, ahaṃ pātova te bhattaṃ āharantī antarāmagge dhammasenāpatiṃ disvā tava bhattaṃ tassa datvā puna gehaṃ gantvā bhattaṃ pacitvā āgatā, pasādehi, sāmi, citta’’nti. So ‘‘kiṃ vadesi, bhadde’’ti pucchitvā puna tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘bhadde , sādhu vata te kataṃ mama bhattaṃ ayyassa dadamānāya, mayāpissa ajja pātova dantakaṭṭhañca mukhodakañca dinna’’nti pasannamānaso taṃ vacanaṃ abhinanditvā ussūre laddhabhattatāya kilantakāyo tassā aṅke sīsaṃ katvā niddaṃ okkami.
清早,他耕过的那片地,连泥土都变成了纯金,像一堆迦尼迦罗花一样闪闪发光。他醒来后看了看,对妻子说:“贤妻,我今早耕的这块地,在我眼里全变成了黄金,是不是因为我过了正午才吃饭,眼睛花了?”妻子说:“夫君,我看到的也是这样。”他起身走到那里,捡起一块土,在犁头上敲了一下,确认是黄金后,说道:“哎呀!今天供养法将尊者的果报,当下就显现了。不过这么多财富,没法藏起来自己享用。”于是他用妻子带来的饭钵装满金子,前往王宫,得到国王允许后进去,向国王行礼。国王问:“孩子,有什么事?”他说:“大王,今天我耕的地全都变成了金堆,请派人把金子运回来。”国王问:“你是谁?”他说:“我叫布纳。”国王又问:“你今天做了什么?”他说:“今早我供养了法将尊者齿木和漱口水,我妻子给我送来的饭也布施给了尊者。”巴利
Athassa pātova kasitaṭṭhānaṃ paṃsucuṇṇaṃ upādāya sabbaṃ rattasuvaṇṇaṃ hutvā kaṇikārapuppharāsi viya sobhamānaṃ aṭṭhāsi. So pabuddho oloketvā bhariyaṃ āha ‘‘bhadde, etaṃ mayā kasitaṭṭhānaṃ sabbaṃ mama suvaṇṇaṃ hutvā paññāyati, kiṃ nu kho me atiussūre laddhabhattatāya akkhīni bhamantī’’ti. ‘‘Sāmi, mayhampi evameva paññāyatī’’ti. So uṭṭhāya tattha gantvā ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ gahetvā naṅgalasīse paharitvā suvaṇṇabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘aho ayyassa dhammasenāpatissa dinnadāne ajjeva vipāko dassito, na kho pana sakkā ettakaṃ dhanaṃ paṭicchādetvā paribhuñjitu’’nti bhariyāya ābhataṃ bhattapātiṃ suvaṇṇassa pūretvā rājakulaṃ gantvā raññā katokāso pavisitvā rājānaṃ abhivādetvā ‘‘kiṃ tātā’’ti vutte ‘‘deva, ajja mayā kasitaṭṭhānaṃ sabbaṃ suvaṇṇarāsimeva hutvā ṭhitaṃ, suvaṇṇaṃ āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. ‘‘Kosi tva’’nti? ‘‘Puṇṇo nāmāha’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana te ajja kata’’nti? ‘‘Dhammasenāpatissa me pātova dantakaṭṭhañca mukhodakañca dinnaṃ, bhariyāyapi me mayhaṃ āhaṭabhattaṃ tasseva dinna’’nti.
国王听了这话,说道:“看来今天法将尊者接受布施的果报,真的当场就显现了。”接着问:“孩子,我该怎么做?”布纳说:“请派几千辆车去,把金子运回来。”国王就派了车去。可是国王的差役们一边喊着“这是国王的东西”一边捡,捡起来的全都变成了泥土。他们回去禀报国王。国王问:“孩子们,你们刚才是怎么说着捡的?”他们回答:“我们说‘这是您的东西’。”国王说:“既然这样,孩子们,你们再去一次,说‘这是布纳的东西’,然后再捡。”他们照办了,这次捡起来的全都是金子。他们把金子全部运回来,堆在王宫庭院里,堆到有八十肘高。国王召集城里的人,问道:“这座城里,有谁拥有这么多金子?”大家回答:“没有,大王。”国王又问:“那应该给他什么?”大家回答:“应该给他长者的华盖,大王。”国王便封他为“大财主长者”,连同丰厚的财产一起,授予他长者的华盖。巴利
Taṃ sutvā rājā ‘‘ajjeva kira bho dhammasenāpatissa dinnadāne vipāko dassito’’ti vatvā ‘‘tāta, kiṃ karomī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Bahūni sakaṭasahassāni pahiṇitvā suvaṇṇaṃ āharāpethā’’ti. Rājā sakaṭāni pahiṇi. Rājapurisesu ‘‘rañño santaka’’nti gaṇhantesu gahitaṃ gahitaṃ mattikāva hoti. Tehi gantvā rañño ārocite ‘‘tātā, tumhehi kinti vatvā gahita’’nti puā ‘‘tumhākaṃ santaka’’nti āhaṃsu. Tena hi, tātā, puna gacchatha, ‘‘puṇṇassa santaka’’nti vatvā gaṇhathāti. Te tathā kariṃsu gahitaṃ gahitaṃ suvaṇṇameva ahosi. Taṃ sabbaṃ āharitvā rājaṅgaṇe rāsiṃ akaṃsu, asītihatthubbedho rāsi ahosi. Rājā nāgare sannipātāpetvā āha ‘‘imasmiṃ nagare atthi kassaci ettakaṃ suvaṇṇa’’nti? ‘‘Natthi, devā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ panassa dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti? ‘‘Seṭṭhicchattaṃ, devā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘bahudhanaseṭṭhi nāma hotū’’ti mahantena bhogena saddhiṃ tassa seṭṭhicchattaṃ adāsi.
这时,布纳对国王说:“大王,我们在别人家里住了这么久,请给我们一个住的地方。”国王说:“那你看,那边有一丛灌木,把它清掉,就在那里盖房子吧。”于是把旧长者的宅地指给了他。他在那块地上,没几天就建好了房子,同时办了入宅庆典和封长者庆典,并以佛陀为首的比丘僧团做了七天的布施。然后世尊为布施作随喜开示,按次第说法。法谈结束时,布纳长者、他的妻子和女儿优多罗,三个人都证得了入流果。巴利
Atha naṃ so āha ‘‘mayaṃ, deva, ettakaṃ kālaṃ parakule vasimhā, vasanaṭṭhānaṃ no dethā’’ti. Tena hi passa, esa gumbo paññāyati, etaṃ harāpetvā gehaṃ kārehīti purāṇaseṭṭhissa gehaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhi. So tasmiṃ ṭhāne katipāheneva gehaṃ kārāpetvā gehapavesanamaṅgalañca chattamaṅgalañca ekatova karonto sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dānaṃ adāsi. Athassa satthā dānānumodanaṃ karonto anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi. Dhammakathāvasāne puṇṇaseṭṭhi ca bhariyā cassa dhītā ca uttarāti tayopi janā sotāpannā ahesuṃ.
后来,王舍城有位长者替自己的儿子向布纳长者求娶他的女儿。布纳说:“我不给。”那人被拒绝后说:“请您别这样。你依靠我们生活,这些年来才获得了这份家业,请把您女儿嫁给我儿子吧。”布纳说:“你们是持邪见的人,我女儿离开三宝就没法生活,我绝不会把女儿给你们。”于是许多长者、居士等良家子弟都来劝他:“别为这事跟他伤了交情,就把女儿给他吧。”他接受了大家的劝说,在阿沙里月满月那天把女儿嫁了过去。优多罗自从到了夫家,就再也没能亲近比丘或比丘尼,不能布施,也不能听法。这样过了两个半月,她问待在身边的侍女:“现在雨安居还剩多少?”侍女说:“还有半个月,女主人。”她就送信给父母说:“为什么把我扔进这样的牢狱里?还不如你们在我身上烙了记号,把我卖给别人当婢女,也胜过把我嫁到这种持邪见的家里。我从来到这里,连见比丘这样一点功德都做不了。”她父亲听了,说:“我女儿真是受苦了。”流露出不满,派人送去一万五千个迦哈巴那,并传话说:“这城里有个叫斯利玛的妓女,每天收一千。用这些钱把她带来,交给丈夫,然后她自己想怎么修功德就怎么修。”优多罗照办了,丈夫见到斯利玛,问:“这是怎么回事?”她说:“主人,这半个月让我的女伴来服侍您,我这半个月想布施,也想听法。”他见这女人长得漂亮,生起了爱意,说:“好。”就答应了。巴利
Aparabhāge rājagahaseṭṭhi puṇṇaseṭṭhino dhītaraṃ attano puttassa vāresi. So ‘‘nāhaṃ dassāmī’’ti vutto ‘‘mā evaṃ karotu, ettakaṃ kālaṃ amhe nissāya vasanteneva te sampatti laddhā, detu me puttassa te dhītara’’nti āha. So ‘‘micchādiṭṭhikā tumhe, mama dhītā tīhi ratanehi vinā vasituṃ na sakkoti, nevassa dhītaraṃ dassāmī’’ti āha. Atha naṃ bahū seṭṭhigahapatikādayo kulaputtā ‘‘mā tena saddhiṃ vissāsaṃ bhindi, dehissa dhītara’’nti yāciṃsu. So tesaṃ vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā āsāḷhipuṇṇamāya dhītaraṃ adāsi. Sā patikulaṃ gatakālato paṭṭhāya bhikkhuṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ vā upasaṅkamituṃ dānaṃ vā dātuṃ dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ nālattha, evaṃ aḍḍhatiyesu māsesu vītivattesu attano santike ṭhite paricārike pucchi ‘‘idāni kittakaṃ antovassaṃ avasiṭṭha’’nti? ‘‘Aḍḍhamāso, ayye’’ti. Sā mātāpitūnaṃ sāsanaṃ pahiṇi ‘‘kasmā maṃ evarūpe bandhanāgāre pakkhipiṃsu, varaṃ tumhehi maṃ lakkhaṇāhataṃ katvā paresaṃ dāsiṃ sāvetuṃ, na evarūpassa micchādiṭṭhikassa kulassa dātuṃ, āgatakālato paṭṭhāya bhikkhudassanādīsu ekampi puññaṃ kātuṃ na labhāmī’’ti. Athassā pitā ‘‘dukkhitā vata me dhītā’’ti anattamanataṃ pavedetvā pañcadasa kahāpaṇasahassāni pesesi, ‘‘imasmiṃ nagare sirimā nāma gaṇikā atthi, devasikaṃ sahassaṃ gaṇhāti, imehi kahāpaṇehi taṃ ānetvā sāmikassa niyyādetvā sayaṃ yathāruci puññāni karotū’’ti sāsanañca pahiṇi. Uttarā tathā katvā sāmikena sirimaṃ disvā ‘‘kimida’’nti vutte ‘‘sāmi, imaṃ aḍḍhamāsaṃ mama sahāyikā tumhe paricaratu, ahaṃ pana imaṃ aḍḍhamāsaṃ dānañceva dātukāmā dhammañca sotukāmā’’ti āha. So taṃ abhirūpaṃ itthiṃ disvā uppannasineho ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi.
优多罗也邀请以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,并请求世尊:“尊者,这半个月请不要去别处,就在这里接受供养。”得到世尊答应后,她满心欢喜地想:“从今天起直到大自恣日,我都能侍奉世尊、听闻佛法了。”于是她在厨房里到处安排各种事务:“这样煮粥,这样做饭,这样烤饼。”这时她的丈夫心想:“明天就是大自恣日了。”他站在朝向厨房的窗边,想看看“那个傻女人到底在干什么”,一看,只见她浑身被汗水浸湿,满身灰尘和炭黑,正这样忙前忙后地安排着。他便笑着说:“哎呀,这个傻女人,在这么好的地方却不懂得享受福报,还欢欢喜喜地跑来跑去,心想‘我要去服侍那些秃头沙门’。”嘲笑完就走开了。巴利
Uttarāpi kho buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ nimantetvā ‘‘bhante, imaṃ aḍḍhamāsaṃ aññattha agantvā idheva bhikkhā gahetabbā’’ti satthu paṭiññaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ito dāni paṭṭhāya yāva mahāpavāraṇā, tāva satthāraṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ dhammañca sotuṃ labhissāmī’’ti tuṭṭhamānasā ‘‘evaṃ yāguṃ pacatha, evaṃ bhattaṃ pacatha, evaṃ pūvaṃ pacathā’’ti mahānase sabbakiccāni saṃvidahantī vicarati. Athassā sāmiko ‘‘sve mahāpavāraṇā bhavissatī’’ti mahānasābhimukho vātapāne ṭhatvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho karontī sā andhabālā vicaratī’’ti oloketvā taṃ sedakilinnaṃ chārikāya okiṇṇaṃ aṅgāramasimakkhitaṃ tathā saṃvidahitvā vicaramānaṃ disvā ‘‘aho andhabālā evarūpe ṭhāne imaṃ sirisampattiṃ nānubhavati, ‘‘muṇḍakasamaṇe upaṭṭhahissāmī’ti tuṭṭhacittā vicaratī’’ti hasitvā apagañchi.
那人走开后,站在他旁边的斯利玛心想:“他到底看了什么才笑?”于是也从那扇窗户望出去,看见了伍德拉,就想:“他是看了这个人才笑的,他跟这个人肯定有私情。”据说,斯利玛这半个月虽然住在这家里,身份只是个外来女人,享受着那份富足,却不知道自己是外来女人,还自以为“我是这家的女主人”。她对伍德拉怀恨在心,想:“我要让她吃苦头。”就从高楼上下来,走进大厨房,用勺子舀起炸饼处滚烫的酥油,朝伍德拉走去。伍德拉看见她走过来,心想:“我的这位同伴帮了我大忙。轮围山太窄了,梵天界太低了,我这位同伴的恩德才是真大。我也是靠着她,才能布施、才能听法。如果我心里对她有嗔恨,就让这酥油烫我;如果没有嗔恨,就别烫我。”就这样对她散播慈心。结果那滚烫的酥油浇在她头上时,竟像凉水一样。接着斯利玛又想:“这回该凉了吧。”又舀满一勺,拿着走过来。伍德拉的婢女们看见了,喝道:“你这个坏女人!竟敢往我们女主人头上浇滚烫的酥油!”她们从两边冲上来,拳打脚踢,把她打倒在地。伍德拉想拦也拦不住。于是她站在上面挡住所有婢女,训诫斯利玛说:“你为什么要做这么严重的事?”然后让她用热水洗澡,又用百味油给她涂身。巴利
Tasmiṃ apagate tassa santike ṭhitā sirimā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho oloketvā esa hasatī’’ti teneva vātapānena olokentī uttaraṃ disvā ‘‘imaṃ oloketvā iminā hasitaṃ, addhā imassa etāya saddhiṃ santhavo atthī’’ti cintesi. Sā kira aḍḍhamāsaṃ tasmiṃ gehe bāhirakaitthī hutvā vasamānāpi taṃ sampattiṃ anubhavamānā attano bāhirakaitthibhāvaṃ ajānitvā ‘‘ahaṃ gharasāminī’’ti saññamakāsi. Sā uttarāya āghātaṃ bandhitvā ‘‘dukkhamassā uppādessāmī’’ti pāsādā oruyha mahānasaṃ pavisitvā pūvapacanaṭṭhāne pakkuthitaṃ sappiṃ kaṭacchunā ādāya uttarābhimukhaṃ pāyāsi. Uttarā taṃ āgacchantiṃ disvā ‘‘mama sahāyikāya mayhaṃ upakāro kato, cakkavāḷaṃ atisambādhaṃ, brahmaloko atinīcako, mama pana sahāyikāya guṇova mahanto, ahampi etaṃ nissāya dānañca dātuṃ dhammañca sotuṃ labhiṃ, sace mama etissāya upari kodho atthi, idaṃ sappi maṃ dahatu, sace natthi, mā maṃ dahatū’’ti taṃ mettāya phari. Tāya tassā matthake āsiñcitampi pakkuthitasappi sītodakaṃ viya ahosi. Atha naṃ ‘‘idaṃ sītalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti puna kaṭacchukaṃ pūretvā ādāya āgacchantiṃ uttarāya dāsiyo disvā ‘‘are dubbinīte na tvaṃ amhākaṃ ayyāya upari pakkasappiṃ āsiñcituṃ anucchavikā’’ti santajjentiyo ito cito ca uṭṭhāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca pothetvā bhūmiyaṃ pātesuṃ, uttarā vārentīpi vāretuṃ nāsakkhi. Atha sā upari ṭhatvā sabbā dāsiyo paṭibāhitvā ‘‘kissa te evarūpaṃ bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ kata’’nti sirimaṃ ovaditvā uṇhodakena nhāpetvā satapākatelena abbhañji.
那一刻,西利玛明白了自己不过是这家外面的女人,心想:“我造了很重的业。只因为丈夫对优多罗笑了一下,我就把滚烫的酥油浇在她头上。而她在我伤害她的时候,不但没有叫婢女们‘抓住她’,反而挡住所有婢女,处处为我做了该做的事。如果我不求得她的原谅,我的头就会裂成七块。”于是她跪伏在优多罗脚下,说:“夫人,请原谅我的过错。”优多罗说:“我是有父亲的女儿,要等我父亲原谅了,我才会原谅。”西利玛说:“好,夫人,我也去请求您的父亲布纳长者原谅。”优多罗说:“布纳是我在轮回中的生父,但如果在出离轮回的父亲那里得到原谅,我才会原谅。”西利玛问:“谁是你出离轮回的父亲?”优多罗答:“正自觉者。”西利玛说:“我和他没有什么交情,我该怎么办?”优多罗说:“明天世尊会带着比丘僧团来这里,你带上你能备办的供养,到这里来,向他求原谅。”西利玛说:“萨度,夫人。”便起身回到自己住处,吩咐五百名随从妇女,备办了种种嚼食、啖食和菜肴。第二天,她带着那些供养来到优多罗家,却不敢亲手放进以佛陀为首的比丘僧团的钵里。优多罗便接过来,亲自安排了一切。巴利
Tasmiṃ khaṇe sā attano bāhirakitthibhāvaṃ ñatvā cintesi ‘‘mayā bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sāmikassa hasitamattakāraṇā imissā upari pakkasappiṃ āsiñcantiyā, ayaṃ ‘gaṇhatha na’nti dāsiyo na āṇāpetvā maṃ viheṭhanakālepi sabbā dāsiyo paṭibāhitvā mayhaṃ kattabbameva akāsi. Sacāhaṃ imaṃ na khamāpessāmi, muddhā me sattadhā phaleyyā’’ti tassā pādamūle nipajjitvā ‘‘ayye, khamāhi me dosa’’nti āha. ‘‘Ahaṃ sappitikā dhītā, pitari me khamāpite khamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Hotu, ayye, pitarampi te puṇṇaseṭṭhiṃ khamāpessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Puṇṇo mama vaṭṭe janakapitā, vivaṭṭe janakapitari khamāpite pana ahaṃ khamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Ko pana te vivaṭṭe janakapitā’’ti? ‘‘Sammāsambuddho’’ti. ‘‘Mayhaṃ tena saddhiṃ vissāso natthi, ahaṃ kiṃ karissāmī’’ti? ‘‘Satthā sve bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ādāya idhāgamissati, tvaṃ yathāladdhaṃ sakkāraṃ gahetvā idheva āgantvā taṃ khamāpehī’’ti. Sā ‘‘sādhu, ayye’’ti uṭṭhāya attano gehaṃ gantvā pañcasataparicārikitthiyo āṇāpetvā nānāvidhāni khādanīyabhojanīyāni ceva sūpeyyāni ca sampādetvā punadivase taṃ sakkāraṃ ādāya uttarāya gehaṃ āgantvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa patte patiṭṭhāpetuṃ avisahantī aṭṭhāsi, taṃ sabbaṃ gahetvā uttarāva saṃvidahi.
斯利玛也在世尊用完斋后,和随从一起伏在世尊脚前。世尊问她:“你有什么过错?”她说:“尊者,我昨天做了这样的事,我的同伴在我被婢女们伤害时,拦住她们,反而帮了我。我知道她的恩德后,就向她求原谅,可她对我说:‘等你在世尊面前求得原谅,我才原谅你。’”世尊问:“优多罗,真是这样吗?”她答:“是的,尊者,我头顶被同伴浇了滚烫的酥油。”世尊问:“那你当时是怎么想的?”她说:“我想:‘轮围山都显得太窄,梵天界都显得太低,我同伴的恩德才是真大。我正是靠她才能布施、才能听法。如果我对她还有一丝嗔怒,就让这热油烧伤我;如果没有,就别烧伤我。’这样想完之后,我就对她遍满了慈心,尊者。”世尊说:“萨度,萨度,优多罗,降伏嗔怒就该这样。因为易怒的人要用不怒来降伏,骂人的人要用不骂来降伏,辱骂的人要用不辱骂来降伏,顽固吝啬的人要用布施自己的财物来降伏,说妄语的人要用说真话来降伏。”世尊为了显示这个道理——巴利
Sirimāpi satthu bhattakiccāvasāne saddhiṃ parivārena satthu pādamūle nipajji. Atha naṃ satthā pucchi ‘‘ko te aparādho’’ti. ‘‘Bhante mayā hiyyo idaṃ nāma kataṃ, atha me sahāyikā maṃ viheṭhayamānā dāsiyo nivāretvā mayhaṃ upakārameva akāsi. Sāhaṃ imissā guṇaṃ jānitvā imaṃ khamāpesiṃ, atha maṃ esā ‘tumhesu khamāpitesu khamissāmī’ti āhā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ kira uttare’’ti. ‘‘Āma, bhante, sīse me sahāyikāya pakkasappi āsitta’’nti. ‘‘Atha tayā kiṃ cintita’’nti? ‘‘Cakkavāḷaṃ atisambādhaṃ, brahmaloko atinīcako, mama sahāyikāya guṇova mahanto, ahañhi etaṃ nissāya dānañca dātuṃ dhammañca sotuṃ alatthaṃ, sace me imissā upari kodho atthi, idaṃ maṃ dahatu, no ce, mā dahatū’’ti evaṃ cintetvā imaṃ mettāya phariṃ, bhanteti. Satthā ‘‘sādhu sādhu, uttare, evaṃ kodhaṃ jinituṃ vaṭṭati. Kodhano hi nāma akkodhena, akkosako anakkosantena, paribhāsako aparibhāsantena , thaddhamaccharī attano santakassa dānena, musāvādī saccavacanena jinitabbo’’ti imamatthaṃ dassento –
“ 用不愤怒来战胜愤怒,用善来战胜不善。
用布施战胜吝啬,用真话战胜说谎的人。”巴利
‘‘Akkodhena jine kodhaṃ, asādhuṃ sādhunā jine; Jine kadariyaṃ dānena, saccenālikavādina’’nti. (dha. pa. 223) –
说完这首偈颂后,在偈颂结束时,她宣说了四谛法。四谛讲完时,伍德拉证得一来果,她的丈夫、公公和婆婆证得入流果,斯利玛也和五百名随从一起成为入流者。后来,伍德拉命终,投生到三十三天。那时,尊者大目犍连像前面所说的那样在天界游历,看见天女伍德拉后——巴利
Imaṃ gāthaṃ vatvā gāthāpariyosāne catusaccakathaṃ abhāsi. Saccapariyosāne uttarā sakadāgāmiphale patiṭṭhahi, sāmiko ca sasuro ca sassu ca sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikariṃsu, sirimāpi pañcasataparivārā sotāpannā ahosi. Aparabhāge uttarā kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane uppajji. Athāyasmā mahāmoggallāno heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva devacārikaṃ caranto uttaraṃ devadhītaraṃ disvā –
天女啊,你以如此殊胜的容色站立在这里,
照亮了所有方向,就像启明星一样。巴利
‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇena, yā tvaṃ tiṭṭhasi devate; Obhāsentī disā sabbā, osadhī viya tārakā.
“ 你因何而有如此容色?你在此因何成就?
凡是心所喜爱的种种受用,皆会为你生起。巴利
‘‘Kena tetādiso vaṇṇo, kena te idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
我请问你,具足大神力的王后:
你生而为人时,做了什么福德善业?
你以何因具如是炽然威德?
汝之色相遍照一切方——他如是问。巴利
‘‘Pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, Manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ; Kenāsi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, Vaṇṇo ca te sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. – paṭipucchi;
那位天神满心欢喜,被目犍连问了之后;
被问到问题,她就回答说:“这是何种业所带来的果报。”巴利
‘‘Sā devatā attamanā, moggallānena pucchitā; Pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, yassa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ’’.
我住在家里的时候,没有嫉妒、吝啬和怨恨。
我不发怒,顺从丈夫的心意,在伍波萨他日我始终不放逸。巴利
‘‘Issā ca maccheramatho paḷāso, nāhosi mayhaṃ gharamāvasantiyā; Akkodhanā bhattu vasānuvattinī, uposathe niccahamappamattā.
“ 十四日、十五日,以及半月的第八日;
神变半月,具足八支。巴利
‘‘Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiṃ, yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamī; Pāṭihāriyapakkhañca, aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgataṃ.
我曾奉持伍波萨他戒,恒于戒律自防护;
由能自制乐施与,遂得安居此天宫。巴利
‘‘Uposathaṃ upavasissaṃ, sadā sīlesu saṃvutā; Saññamā saṃvibhāgā ca, vimānaṃ āvasāmahaṃ.
远离杀生,也克制妄语;
远离偷盗、邪淫,也远离饮酒。巴利
‘‘Pāṇātipātā viratā, musāvādā ca saññatā; Theyyā ca aticārā ca, majjapānā ca ārakā.
喜爱五学处,精通圣谛;
我是具眼者、有名声的乔达摩的近事女。巴利
‘‘Pañcasikkhāpade ratā, ariyasaccāna kovidā; Upāsikā cakkhumato, gotamassa yasassino.
我凭自己的戒行和名声,是有名望的人;
我享受着自己积下的福德,因此安乐无病。巴利
‘‘Sāhaṃ sakena sīlena, yasasā ca yasassinī; Anubhomi sakaṃ puññaṃ, sukhitā camhināmayā.
因为那样,我才有这样的容貌;因为那样,我在这里才能有所成就。
各种让我心里觉得可爱的财富,都会在我这里生起。巴利
‘‘Tena metādiso vaṇṇo, tena me idha mijjhati; Uppajjanti ca me bhogā, ye keci manaso piyā.
“ 比丘啊,具大神力者,我告诉你我生为人时曾做过什么。
因此我具有如此炽盛的威德,我的容色也照耀一切方向。”巴利
‘‘Akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamahaṃ akāsiṃ; Tenamhi evaṃ jalitānubhāvā, vaṇṇo ca me sabbadisā pabhāsatī’’ti. –
天神也回答了他。巴利
Devatāpissa vissajjesi.
126 尊者,也请您用我的话,以头顶礼世尊的双足,并说:“尊者,有一位名叫伍德拉的近事女,以头顶礼世尊的双足。”不过,尊者,世尊会把我记说为某种沙门果,这并不稀奇;世尊已把我记说为一来果。巴利
126. Mama ca, bhante, vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandeyyāsi ‘‘uttarā nāma bhante, upāsikā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’ti. Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhante, yaṃ maṃ bhagavā aññatarasmiṃ sāmaññaphale byākareyya, taṃ bhagavā sakadāgāmiphale byākāsīti.
128 128. 其中,“嫉妒、悭吝与攀比,在我居家时未曾生起”:其他住在俗家中的女人,在条件具足时,会生起三种恶法:第一是嫉妒,以他人的成就等为对象,特征是对他人的成就心生妒恼;第二是悭吝,哪怕只是对临时来乞讨的人,也因为不愿给而隐藏自己的所有,以此为特征;第三是攀比,因为家族、出身地等而总想和别人争个高下,以此为特征。然而,我虽然还住在家里,即使各种因缘都齐备,这三种恶法也从未在我心中生起。“无嗔者”:因圆满成就忍辱、慈爱与悲悯,本性从无愤怒。“随从丈夫意志者”:指以早起晚卧等顺从丈夫,依其支配而生活的习性,意为行顺意事。“于伍波萨他日,我恒常不放逸”:护持伍波萨他戒时,恒住不放逸,安住于不放逸之中。巴利
128. Tattha issā ca maccheramatho paḷāso, nāhosi mayhaṃ gharamāvasantiyāti yā ca agāramajjhe vasantīnaṃ aññāsaṃ itthīnaṃ sampattiādivisayā parasampattiusūyanalakkhaṇā issā, yañca tāvakālikādivasenāpi kiñci yācantānaṃ adātukāmatāya attasampattinigūhanalakkhaṇaṃ macchariyaṃ , yo ca kulapadesādinā parehi yugaggāhalakkhaṇo paḷāso uppajjati, so tividhopi pāpadhammo gehe ṭhitāya mayhaṃ satipi paccayasamavāye nāhosi na uppajji. Akkodhanāti khantimettānuddayasampannatāya akujjhanasabhāvā. Bhattu vasānuvattinīti pubbuṭṭhānapacchānipātanādinā sāmikassa anukūlabhāvena vase vattanasīlā, manāpacārinīti attho. Uposathe niccahamappamattāti ahaṃ uposathasīlarakkhaṇe niccaṃ appamattā appamādavihārinī.
129 就在伍波萨他日显示不放逸:在哪些日子应当守护它,以什么样子、用什么方式守护,为了说明这些,说了“十四日”等话。这里,“十四日、十五日”要和“半月”连起来理解,这是表示持续关联的业格用法。“半月的第八日”里,“以及”是补足语。所谓“示导半月”,就是有神变示现的半月;十四日、十五日、八日依次从开头、末尾来说,是以入戒和出戒的方式应当守护伍波萨他戒的半月,意思是还包括十三日、初一、初七、初九。“善具足八支”,就是由离杀生等八支很好地具备、圆满具足。巴利
129. Tameva uposathe appamādaṃ dassentī yesu divasesu taṃ rakkhitabbaṃ, yādisaṃ yathā ca rakkhitabbaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘cātuddasi’’ntiādimāha. Tattha cātuddasiṃ pañcadasinti pakkhassāti sambandho, accantasaṃyoge cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Yā ca pakkhassa aṭṭhamīti ettha cāti vacanaseso. Pāṭihāriyapakkhañcāti paṭiharaṇakapakkhañca, cātuddasīpañcadasīaṭṭhamīnaṃ yathākkamaṃ ādito antato cāti pavesananikkhamanavasena uposathasīlassa paṭiharitabbaṃ pakkhañca , terasī pāṭipadā sattamī navamī cāti attho. Aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgatanti pāṇātipātāveramaṇīādīhi aṭṭhahaṅgehi eva suṭṭhu samāgataṃ samannāgataṃ.
130 Upavasissanti upavasiṃ。这里是用未来时的说法来表达过去的事。也有人读作“upavasiṃ”。“始终”:是指在所有有神变示现的伍波萨他日里。“于戒”:是指应当努力成就的伍波萨他戒,这里的处格是用来表示应当完成的事。“防护”:是以身、语、意防护。或者说,“始终”指一切时候,“于戒”指恒常戒,“防护”指以身、语防护。巴利
130.Upavasissanti upavasiṃ. Atītatthe hi idaṃ anāgatavacanaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘upavasiṃ’’icceva paṭhanti. Sadāti sappaṭihārikesu sabbesu uposathadivasesu. Sīlesūti uposathasīlesu sādhetabbesu. Nipphādetabbe hi idaṃ bhummaṃ. Saṃvutāti kāyavācācittehi saṃvutā. Sadāti vā sabbakālaṃ. Sīlesūti niccasīlesu. Saṃvutāti kāyavācāhi saṃvutā.
131 131. 现在,为了说明那恒常的戒,而说了“离杀生”等句。其中,“有情”,从世间惯用语来说,是指众生;从究竟意义来说,是指命根。“杀生”,就是杀害有情、毁灭有情、夺去有情的生命。从意义上说,就是针对有情、作有情想,由身门或语门中的任一门所发动的、旨在断除命根的加行,由此生起的杀心。“离杀生”,就是远离、止息、回避的意思。巴利
131. Idāni taṃ niccasīlaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pāṇātipātā viratā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha pāṇoti vohārato satto, paramatthato jīvitindriyaṃ. Pāṇassa atipāto pāṇavadho pāṇaghāto pāṇātipāto, atthato pāṇe pāṇasaññino jīvitindriyupacchedakaupakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā kāyavacīdvārānaṃ aññataradvārapavattā vadhakacetanā. Tato pāṇātipātā. Viratāti oratā, nivattāti attho.
所谓妄语:妄语,是指以欺骗他人为意图、损害他人利益的身业或语业;或者,怀着欺骗的意图,能发动欺骗他人的身业和语业的思,就是妄语。另一种解释:妄,指不真实、不正确的事情;语,指想要把这件事当作真实、正确来告知他人,能发动如此告知的思。因此,对妄语加以防护、克制,也就是远离的意思。句中的“ca”是连接词。巴利
Musāvādāti musā nāma visaṃvādanapurekkhārassa atthabhañjanako vacīpayogo vā kāyapayogo vā, visaṃvādanādhippāyena parassa visaṃvādakakāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā musāvādo. Atha vā musāti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ vatthu, vādoti tassa bhūtato tacchato viññāpetukāmassa tathā viññattisamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā. Tato musāvādā saññatā oratā, viratāti attho. Ca-saddo sampiṇḍanattho.
所谓偷盗,称为偷盗,指的是贼的状态,也就是以偷窃的方式取走他人的东西。从含义上说,对他人所摄属之物,具有他人所摄属之想,为了取走它而发起行动的偷盗思,就是偷盗。由此,从偷盗而自制,或者说远离,这就是关联。巴利
Theyyāti theyyaṃ vuccati thenabhāvo, corikāya parassaharaṇanti attho. Atthato parapariggahite parapariggahitasaññino tadādāyakaupakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā theyyacetanā theyyaṃ. Tato theyyā saññatā, ārakāti vā sambandho.
邪淫:所谓“邪”,是越过、越轨的意思;“淫”是行为。合起来说,就是越过世间的规矩,在不可以去的地方因贪欲而行事,也就是不正当的性行为。这里说的“不可以去的地方”,对男人来说,有二十种女人:前一种是母亲守护的、父亲守护的、父母守护的、兄弟守护的、姐妹守护的、亲属守护的、宗族守护的、法守护的、有守护的、有惩罚的,共十种;后一种是钱财买来的妻子、自愿同住的妻子、因财产同住的妻子、因衣服同住的妻子、水碗相触成婚的妻子、摘去头冠成婚的妻子、女奴妻子、做工的妻子、旗牌赢来的妻子、暂时结合的妻子,共十种。合起来就是二十种女人。对女人来说,别的男人在十二种女人那里属于不可以去的地方,也就是两种有守护、有惩罚的,加上钱财买来的妻子等十种,这里指的正是这些。从特征上说,怀着不正当的心念,通过身体行为去违犯不可以去的地方,那种思就叫邪淫。所以说是邪淫。巴利
Aticārāti aticca cāro aticāro, lokamariyādaṃ atikkamitvā agamanīyaṭṭhāne kāmavasena cāro micchācāroti attho. Agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma – purisānaṃ māturakkhitā piturakkhitā mātāpiturakkhitā bhāturakkhitā bhaginirakkhitā ñātirakkhitā gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā sārakkhā saparidaṇḍāti dasa, dhanakkītā chandavāsinī bhogavāsinī paṭavāsinī odapattakinī obhaṭacumbaṭā dāsī ca bhariyā kammakārī ca bhariyā dhajāhaṭā muhuttikāti dasāti vīsati itthiyo. Itthīsu pana dvinnaṃ sārakkhasaparidaṇḍānaṃ dasannañca dhanakkītādīnanti dvādasannaṃ aññapurisā agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ, idameva idha adhippetaṃ. Lakkhaṇato pana asaddhammādhippāyena kāyadvārapavattā agamanīyaṭṭhānavītikkamacetanā aticāro. Tasmā aticārā.
饮酒:所谓“酒”,是指能让人迷醉的东西,包括谷酒和果酒;以此而饮,就是“饮”;酒的饮用,就叫饮酒。以破戒的思,从谷粉酒、饼酒、米酒、醪酒、和合酒这五种谷酒,或花酒、果酒、蜜酒、糖酒、和合酒这五种果酒中,哪怕只用草尖沾一点来喝,那个思就是饮酒。因此,从饮酒中远离。巴利
Majjapānāti majjaṃ vuccatimadanīyaṭṭhena surā ca merayañca, pivanti tenāti pānaṃ, majjassa pānaṃ majjapānaṃ. Yāya dussīlyacetanāya majjasaṅkhātaṃ piṭṭhasurā, pūvasurā, odaniyasurā, kiṇṇapakkhittā, sambhārasaṃyuttāti pañcabhedaṃ suraṃ vā, pupphāsavo, phalāsavo, madhvāsavo, guḷāsavo, sambhārasaṃyuttoti pañcabhedaṃ merayaṃ vā bījato paṭṭhāya kusaggenāpi pivati, sā cetanā majjapānaṃ. Tasmā majjapānā ārakā viratā.
132 前面已经按“应断除的法”把“远离杀生”等逐条分别说明,显示了常戒;现在又把这些戒按“应当受持”的方式合在一起显示,所以说“乐于五学处”。其中,“学处”是指应当学的条目,也就是学习的分项。另一种解释是:禅那等一切善法因为应当学习,所以叫“学”;五戒中的每一条戒,都是这些学的立足处,因此叫“学处”,也就是五种戒条。对这五种学处喜爱、欣乐,就叫“乐于五学处”。“通达圣谛”是指通过遍知苦、断除集、证得灭、修习道的现观,对苦、集、灭、道四圣谛善巧明达,也就是已经通达四圣谛的意思。“乔达摩”是以姓氏称呼世尊。“具名声者”是指享有盛名的人,或者拥有众多眷属的人。巴利
132. Evaṃ ‘‘pāṇātipātā viratā’’tiādinā pahātabbadhammavasena vibhajitvā dassitaṃ niccasīlaṃ puna samādātabbatāvasena ekato katvā dassentī ‘‘pañcasikkhāpade ratā’’ti āha. Tattha sikkhāpadanti sikkhitabbapadaṃ, sikkhākoṭṭhāseti attho. Atha vā jhānādayo sabbepi kusalā dhammā sikkhitabbato sikkhā, pañcasu pana sīlaṅgesu yaṃkiñci aṅgaṃ tāsaṃ sikkhānaṃ patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena padanti sikkhānaṃ padattā sikkhāpadaṃ, pañca sīlaṅgāni. Tasmiṃ pañcavidhe sikkhāpade ratā abhiratāti pañcasikkhāpade ratā. Ariyasaccāna kovidāti pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamayavasena dukkhasamudayanirodhamaggasaṅkhātesu catūsu ariyasaccesu kusalā nipuṇā, paṭividdhacatusaccāti attho. Gotamassāti bhagavantaṃ gottena kitteti. Yasassinoti kittimato, parivāravato vā.
133 “彼我”指具有上述功德的“我”。“以自戒”是指以无焦躁等为本质的自身本性之戒,以及受持伍波萨他等戒的受持之戒,以此为因。因为众生是业的所有者,而此戒能带来利益与安乐,所以特别被称为“自己的”。因此他说:巴利
133.Sāhanti sā yathāvuttaguṇā ahaṃ. Sakena sīlenāti anussukitādinā attano sabhāvasīlena ca uposathasīlādisamādānasīlena ca kāraṇabhūtena. Tañhi sattānaṃ kammassakatāya hitasukhāvahatāya ca visesato ‘‘saka’’nti vuccati. Tenevāha –
“ 那确实是他自己的东西,他就带着它走;
它也跟着他,就像影子一样从不离开。”巴利
‘‘Tañhi tassa sakaṃ hoti, tañca ādāya gacchati; Tañcassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.115);
以名声与具名声者来说:像“伍德拉近事女戒行具足、不焦躁、不悭吝、不嗔恚”等,以及“已证果位、了知教法”等,由这些如实功德所获得的名声,如同水面上的油向四周扩散一样,遍满各方,因此她被称为具名声者、有名望。或者,由于现世所证的戒功德,以及随之而来的名声与眷属,她成为具名声者,拥有圆满的眷属。我享受自己的福:我享受自己所积集的福。凡是福的果报被享受,以果报之转义,那福本身也被说为被享受。或者,由于还是凡夫,善行的果报也被称为福。正如所说:诸比丘,由于受持诸善法,这福便如此增长。我快乐且无病:由于天界之乐和果报之乐,我快乐;因为身心之苦不存在,所以无病、健康。巴利
Yasasā ca yasassinīti ‘‘uttarā upāsikā sīlācārasampannā anussukī amaccharī akkodhanā’’tiādinā ‘‘āgataphalā viññātasāsanā’’tiādinā ca yathābhūtaguṇādhigatena jalatale telena viya samantato patthaṭena kittisaddena yasassinī kittimatī, tena vā sīlaguṇena idha adhigatena yasaparivārena yasassinī sampannaparivārā. Anubhomi sakaṃ puññanti yathūpacitaṃ attano puññaṃ paccanubhomi. Yassa hi puññaphalaṃ anubhūyati, phalūpacārena taṃ puññampi anubhūyatīti vuccati. Atha vā puthujjanabhāvato sucaritaphalampi ‘‘puñña’’nti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘kusalānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’ti. Sukhitā camhināmayāti dibbasukhena ca phalasukhena ca sukhitā camhi bhavāmi, kāyikacetasikadukkhābhāvato anāmayā arogā.
136 “及我”里的“及”字,是表示集合的意思。它把这样的礼敬也收摄进来了:“也依我的话而礼敬,而不是仅仅依你自己的本性。”从“并非稀奇”等语句,可以看出她把自己作为圣弟子这一身份已经显露出来。“那位世尊”等语句,是结集者说的话。其余部分,和前面所说的方式一样。巴利
136.Mama cāti ca-saddo samuccayattho. Tena ‘‘mama vacanena ca vandeyyāsi, na tava sabhāvenevā’’ti vandanaṃ samuccinoti. Anacchariyantiādinā attano ariyasāvikābhāvassa pākaṭabhāvaṃ dasseti. Taṃ bhagavātiādi saṅgītikāravacanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
16. 斯利玛天宫注释巴利
16. Sirimāvimānavaṇṇanā
“那些马匹套好了轭,又装饰得极其华丽”,这是斯利玛天宫的偈颂。这件事的起因是什么呢?世尊当时住在王舍城的竹林精舍,也就是竹林中的松鼠喂食处。那个时候,前面紧挨着的故事里说到的妓女斯利玛,因为已经证得入流果,放下了肮脏的营生,为僧团安排了八份筹食。从那时起,每天固定有八位比丘到她家里来。她说“请拿酥油,请拿牛奶”等等,把他们的钵都装满。一个人得到的份量,够三四个人吃。每天花十六个钱币来供养食物。有一天,一位比丘在她家吃了八份筹食之后,去了三由旬外的一座寺院。傍晚,他坐在长老跟前时,他们问他:“贤友,你是在哪里乞食之后来到这里的?”他说:“我吃了斯利玛的八份筹食。”
“贤友,她供养得让你满意吗?”
“她的饭食没法用言语来形容,她做得极为精美。一个人得到的份量,够三四个人吃。不过,比所布施的东西更殊胜的,是能亲眼见到她本人。”于是,他就讲起这位女子的种种好处,说她是这样这样的人、那样那样的人。巴利
Yuttā ca te paramaalaṅkatā hayāti sirimāvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena ca samayena heṭṭhā anantaravatthumhi vuttā sirimā gaṇikā sotāpattiphalassa adhigatattā vissajjitakiliṭṭhakammantā hutvā saṅghassa aṭṭha salākabhattāni paṭṭhapesi. Ādito paṭṭhāya nibaddhaṃ aṭṭha bhikkhū gehaṃ āgacchanti. Sā ‘‘sappiṃ gaṇhatha khīraṃ gaṇhathā’’tiādīni vatvā tesaṃ patte pūreti, ekena laddhaṃ tiṇṇampi catunnampi pahoti, devasikaṃ soḷasakahāpaṇaparibbayena piṇḍapāto dīyati. Athekadivasaṃ eko bhikkhu tassā gehe aṭṭhakabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tiyojanamatthake ekaṃ vihāraṃ agamāsi. Atha naṃ sāyaṃ therupaṭṭhāne nisinnaṃ pucchiṃsu, ‘‘āvuso, kahaṃ bhikkhaṃ gahetvā idhāgatosī’’ti? ‘‘Sirimāya aṭṭhakabhattaṃ me bhutta’’nti. ‘‘Taṃ manāpaṃ katvā deti, āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Na sakkā tassā bhattaṃ vaṇṇetuṃ, atipaṇītaṃ katvā deti, ekena laddhaṃ tiṇṇampi catunnampi pahoti, tassā pana deyyadhammatopi dassanameva uttaritaraṃ’’. Sā hi itthī evarūpā ca evarūpā cāti tassā guṇe kathesi.
有位比丘听人讲了她的功德,虽然没亲眼见过,光是听到就生起了爱恋,心想:“我应该去那里见她一面。”他报了自己的戒腊,又问那位比丘领食的轮值顺序。听说“贤友,明天你在她家会作为僧团上座得到八份食物”,他立刻拿了钵和衣就出发了。第二天清早,天刚亮,他走进分食的地方站好,作为僧团上座,在她家得到了那八份食物。而那位前一天吃完就离开的比丘,就在他离开的时候,她的身体就生了病。于是她卸下所有装饰,躺倒在床。她的婢女们看到前来领八份食物的比丘们,就去禀告她。她想亲手接钵、请他们就座,却已经做不到,便吩咐婢女们:“姐妹们,接过钵,请尊者们坐下,给他们喝粥、送嚼食,到供饭的时候把钵装满再送上去。”她们答应道:“萨度,圣者。”就把比丘们请进来,供了粥和嚼食,到供饭时把钵装满,然后禀告她。她说:“扶我过去,我要礼敬诸位尊者。”于是她们搀扶着她,来到比丘们面前,她以颤抖的身体礼敬比丘们。那位比丘看着她,心想:“她病着的时候容貌都这么美,健康时戴上一切装饰,那容貌该有多美啊。”于是,他心中积集了无数劫的烦恼一下子涌了出来。他失了正念,吃不下饭,拿起钵回到寺院,把钵盖上放在一边,铺开衣角躺下。这时,一位同修比丘劝他吃饭也劝不动,他就这样断了食。巴利
Atheko bhikkhu tassā guṇakathaṃ sutvā adisvāpi savaneneva sinehaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘mayā tattha gantvā taṃ daṭṭhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti attano vassaggaṃ kathetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ ṭhitikaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘sve, āvuso, tasmiṃ gehe tvaṃ saṅghatthero hutvā aṭṭhakabhattaṃ labhissasī’’ti sutvā taṅkhaṇaññeva pattacīvaramādāya pakkanto pātova aruṇe uggacchante salākaggaṃ pavisitvā ṭhito saṅghatthero hutvā tassā gehe aṭṭhakabhattaṃ labhi. Yo pana so bhikkhu hiyyo bhuñjitvā pakkāmi, tassa gatavelāyamevassā sarīre rogo uppajji. Tasmā ābharaṇāni omuñcitvā nipajji. Athassā dāsiyo aṭṭhakabhattaṃ labhituṃ āgate bhikkhū disvā ārocesuṃ. Sā gantvā sahatthā patte gahetuṃ vā nisīdāpetuṃ vā asakkontī dāsiyo āṇāpesi ‘‘ammā patte gahetvā ayye nisīdāpetvā yāguṃ pāyetvā khajjakaṃ datvā bhattavelāya patte pūretvā dethā’’ti. Tā ‘‘sādhu, ayye’’ti bhikkhū pavesetvā yāguṃ pāyetvā khajjakaṃ datvā bhattavelāya bhattassa patte pūretvā tassā ārocayiṃsu. Sā ‘‘maṃ pariggahetvā netha , ayye vandissāmī’’ti vatvā tāhi pariggahetvā bhikkhūnaṃ santikaṃ nītā vedhamānena sarīrena bhikkhū vandi. So bhikkhu taṃ oloketvā cintesi ‘‘gilānāya tāva ayaṃ etissā rūpasobhā, arogakāle pana sabbābharaṇapaṭimaṇḍitāya imissā kīdisī rūpasampattī’’ti. Athassa anekavassakoṭisannicito kileso samudācari. So aññāṇī hutvā bhattaṃ bhuñjituṃ asakkonto pattaṃ ādāya vihāraṃ gantvā pattaṃ pidhāya ekamante ṭhapetvā cīvarakaṇṇaṃ pattharitvā nipajji. Atha naṃ eko sahāyako bhikkhu yācantopi bhojetuṃ nāsakkhi, so chinnabhatto ahosi.
就在那天傍晚,斯利玛去世了。国王派人给世尊送信:“尊者,吉瓦咖的妹妹斯利玛去世了。”世尊听后,派人回复国王:“不必为斯利玛举行火化,把她的尸体放到露天尸林里,安置好并派人看守,别让乌鸦之类的鸟兽来吃。”国王照办了。连续三天过去,第四天时,尸体肿胀起来,九个疮口里流出蛆虫,整个身体就像一只破开的熟米饭罐。国王在城里击鼓宣告:“除了看家的儿童,凡是不来看斯利玛的,一律罚八咖哈巴那。”同时又派人到世尊那里:“请以佛陀为首的僧团前来观看斯利玛。”世尊便告诉比丘们:“我们要去看斯利玛。”巴利
Taṃ divasameva sāyanhasamaye sirimā kālamakāsi. Rājā satthu sāsanaṃ pesesi ‘‘bhante, jīvakassa kaniṭṭhabhaginī sirimā kālamakāsī’’ti. Satthā taṃ sutvā rañño sāsanaṃ pahiṇi ‘‘sirimāya sarīrajhāpanakiccaṃ natthi, āmakasusāne taṃ yathā kākādayo na khādanti, tathā nipajjāpetvā rakkhāpethā’’ti. Rājā tathā akāsi. Paṭipāṭiyā tayo divasā atikkantā, catutthe divase sarīraṃ uddhumāyi, navahi vaṇamukhehi puḷavakā pagghariṃsu, sakalasarīraṃ bhinnasālibhattacāṭi viya ahosi. Rājā nagare bheriṃ carāpesi ‘‘ṭhapetvā geharakkhaṇakadārake sirimāya dassanatthaṃ anāgacchantānaṃ aṭṭha kahāpaṇā daṇḍo’’ti. Satthu santikañca pesesi ‘‘buddhappamukho kira saṅgho sirimāya dassanatthaṃ āgacchatū’’ti. Satthā bhikkhūnaṃ ārocāpesi ‘‘sirimāya dassanatthaṃ gamissāmā’’ti.
那位年轻比丘也是连续四天不听任何人的话,像断了饭食一样躺着。钵里的饭已经馊了,钵上甚至长了霉。这时,他的同伴比丘走过来对他说:“贤友,导师要去看斯利玛。”他一听,虽然饿得心里发慌,可一听到“斯利玛”这几个字,就猛地站起来。同伴比丘问道:“导师要去看斯利玛,你也去吗?”
“是的,我去。”于是他倒掉饭食,把钵洗干净,装进钵袋,跟着比丘僧团一起去了。导师被比丘僧团围绕着,站在一边;比丘尼僧团、国王的随从、近事男众和近事女众也各自站在一边。巴利
Sopi daharabhikkhu cattāro divase kassaci vacanaṃ aggahetvā chinnabhattova nipajji. Patte bhattaṃ pūtikaṃ jātaṃ, patte malampi uṭṭhahi. Atha so sahāyakabhikkhunā upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘āvuso satthā sirimāya dassanatthaṃ gacchatī’’ti vuccamāno tathā chātajjhattopi ‘‘sirimā’’ti vuttapadeyeva sahasā uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘satthā sirimaṃ daṭṭhuṃ gacchati, tvampi gamissasī’’ti? ‘‘Āma gamissāmī’’ti bhattaṃ chaḍḍetvā pattaṃ dhovitvā thavikāya pakkhipitvā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ agamāsi. Satthā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto ekapasse aṭṭhāsi, bhikkhunisaṅghopi rājaparisāpi upāsakaparisāpi upāsikāparisāpi ekekapasse aṭṭhaṃsu.
导师问国王:“大王,这个女人是谁?”国王回答:“尊者,她是吉瓦咖的妹妹,名叫斯利玛。”导师又问:“她就是斯利玛?”国王答:“是的,尊者。”导师说:“那么,你让人在城里击鼓宣告:‘谁出一千钱,就可以娶斯利玛。’”国王照办了,可是没有一个人说“哈”或“呼”来应答。国王禀告导师:“尊者,没有人娶她。”导师说:“那么,大王,把价钱降下来吧。”国王又击鼓宣告:“谁出五百钱,就可以娶她。”还是没看到有人来娶,于是依次降到二百五十、二百、一百、五十、二十五、二十钱、十钱、五钱、一钱、半钱、四分之一钱、一摩沙迦、一咖咖尼迦,宣告:“谁出这些钱,就可以娶斯利玛。”击鼓宣告后,又说:“就算白送,也来娶她吧!”即便如此,仍然没有一个人说“哈”或“呼”来应答。国王说:“尊者,就算白送,也没有人来娶她。”导师便开示道:“比丘们,你们看看这个众人都喜爱的女人!就在这座城里,从前有人花一千钱才求得她一天,如今白送也没人愿意娶。这样的色身,终究会衰败消亡。它被各种装饰打扮得花花绿绿,依靠九个疮口而成为不净之身,由三百块骨头支撑起来,永远病痛不断,只是被愚痴的大众以种种方式贪恋执著,这个身体实在多变而不可靠。”巴利
Satthā rājānaṃ pucchi ‘‘kā esā, mahārājā’’ti? ‘‘Bhante, jīvakassa kaniṭṭhabhaginī sirimā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sirimā esā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bhante’’ti. Tena hi nagare bheriṃ carāpehi ‘‘sahassaṃ datvā sirimaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti. Rājā tathā kāresi, ekopi ‘‘ha’’nti vā ‘‘hu’’nti vā vadanto nāma nāhosi. Rājā satthu ārocesi ‘‘na gaṇhanti bhante’’ti, tena hi mahārāja agghaṃ ohāpehīti. Rājā ‘‘pañcasatāni datvā gaṇhantū’’ti bheriṃ carāpetvā kañci gaṇhanakaṃ adisvā ‘‘aḍḍhateyyasatāni, dvesatāni, sataṃ, paññāsaṃ, pañcavīsati, vīsati kahāpaṇe, dasa kahāpaṇe, pañca kahāpaṇe, ekaṃ kahāpaṇaṃ, aḍḍhaṃ, pādaṃ, māsakaṃ, kākaṇikaṃ datvā sirimaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti bheriṃ carāpetvā ‘‘mudhāpi gaṇhantū’’ti bheriṃ carāpesi, tathāpi ‘‘ha’’nti vā ‘‘hu’’nti vā vadanto nāma nāhosi. Rājā ‘‘mudhāpi, bhante, gaṇhanto natthī’’ti āha. Satthā ‘‘passatha, bhikkhave, mahājanassa piyamātugāmaṃ, imasmiṃyeva nagare sahassaṃ datvā pubbe ekadivasaṃ labhiṃsu, idāni mudhāpi gaṇhanto natthi evarūpaṃ nāma rūpaṃ khayavayappattaṃ āharimehi alaṅkārehi vicittakataṃ navannaṃ vaṇṇamukhānaṃ vasena arubhūtaṃ tīhi aṭṭhisatehi samussitaṃ niccāturaṃ kevalaṃ bālamahājanena bahudhā saṅkappitatāya bahusaṅkappaṃ addhuvaṃ attabhāva’’nti dassento –
“ 且看彩绘严饰像,疮痍所聚而立身;
多病多思,恒常安住定无存。”巴利
‘‘Passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ, arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ; Āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ, yassa natthi dhuvaṃ ṭhitī’’ti. (theragā. 1160) –
他说了这首偈。开示结束时,那位心被斯利玛系缚的比丘断除了欲贪,修成观慧,证得阿拉汉果;当时有八万四千众生通达了法。巴利
Gāthamāha. Desanāpariyosāne sirimāya paṭibaddhacitto bhikkhu vigatachandarāgo hutvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi, caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi.
那时,天女斯利玛看着自己的富贵荣华,又回头望向自己来的地方。她看到前世自己的尸体旁边,世尊被比丘僧团围绕着站在那里,还有一大群人聚集在一起。于是她带着五百天女,乘着五百辆天车,显现身形而来,从车上下来,在随从的簇拥下顶礼世尊,合掌站立。那时,具寿旺吉萨站在离世尊不远的地方,对世尊说:“世尊,我想到一个问题,可以问吗?”世尊说:“旺吉萨,问吧。”于是具寿旺吉萨对那位天女斯利玛说——巴利
Tena ca samayena sirimā devakaññā attano vibhavasamiddhiṃ oloketvā āgataṭṭhānaṃ olokentī purimattabhāve attano sarīrasamīpe bhikkhusaṅghaparivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ ṭhitaṃ mahājanakāyañca sannipatitaṃ disvā pañcahi devakaññāsatehi parivutā pañcahi rathasatehi dissamānakāyā āgantvā rathato otaritvā saparivārā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā katañjalī aṭṭhāsi. Tena ca samayena āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavato avidūre ṭhito hoti. So bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘‘paṭibhāti maṃ bhagavā ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchitu’’nti. ‘‘Paṭibhātu taṃ vaṅgīsā’’ti bhagavā avoca. Āyasmā vaṅgīso taṃ sirimaṃ devadhītaraṃ –
你的马匹都套好了,装饰得极其华丽,它们低着头,强壮又迅疾,奔驰在天空中。
那些由神通变化出来的五百辆车,还有被御者驱赶着的马匹,都跟随着你。巴利
‘‘Yuttā ca te paramaalaṅkatā hayā, adhomukhā aghasigamā balī javā; Abhinimmitā pañcarathāsatā ca te, anventi taṃ sārathicoditā hayā.
你打扮得漂漂亮亮,站在那辆华丽的车子上。
像火焰一样闪耀,散发着光明。
我问你,身形美妙、相貌无与伦比者:
究竟为何,你来到这无上者面前?巴利
‘‘Sā tiṭṭhasi rathavare alaṅkatā, Obhāsayaṃ jalamiva joti povako; Pucchāmi taṃ varatanu anomadassane, Kasmā nu kāyā anadhivaraṃ upāgamī’’ti. – paṭipucchi;
137 这里,“那些被套上且装饰得极其华丽的马”意思是:装饰得极其精美、格外华丽;或者是以最殊胜、最上等的天界马饰来装饰;或者那些最上等、最顶级、最殊胜的良种骏马,用一切饰物装扮得光彩夺目,被套在你的车上;或者说它们与你的车乘相配;或者说因为彼此相似而相配、相合,意思是协调一致。这里,“paramaalaṅkatā”在前一种理解中没有做连音,在后一种理解中则应看作不变词。 “面朝下”意思是脸朝下。虽然它们当时本来就是那样站着的,但因为是从天界降下,所以说“面朝下”。 “行于空中”意思是在虚空中行走。 “有力”意思是有力气。 “迅捷”意思是具有速度,也就是既强壮又有速度。 “化现”意思是由你的福业所造、所生。或者,因为是化乐天的吉祥天女,所以针对她自己所化现的而说“化现”。 “五百辆车”是为了偈颂顺口,把thakāra拉长,并改变性别而说的;也可以看作省略了词尾变化,意思是五百辆车。 “那些被御者驱策的马跟随着它”:这些马就像被御者们驱策、套在车上的马一样,贤女啊、天女啊,它们跟随着那辆车。有些人读作“sārathiacoditā”,意思是未被御者驱策也照样跟随着。或者,“sārathicoditā hayā”只是一个词,为了偈颂顺口而拉长,于是应理解为“被御者驱策的马——五百辆车”。巴利
137. Tattha yuttā ca te paramaalaṅkatā hayāti paramaṃ ativiya visesato alaṅkatā, paramehi vā uttamehi dibbehi assālaṅkārehi alaṅkatā, paramā vā aggā seṭṭhā ājānīyā sabbālaṅkārehi alaṅkatā hayā assā te tava rathe yojitā, yuttā vā te rathassa ca anucchavikā, aññamaññaṃ vā sadisatāya yuttā saṃsaṭṭhāti attho. Ettha ca ‘‘paramaalaṅkatā’’ti purimasmiṃ pakkhe sandhiṃ akatvā dutiyasmiṃ pakkhe avibhattikaniddeso daṭṭhabbo . Adhomukhāti heṭṭhāmukhā. Yadipi te tadā pakatiyāva ṭhitā, devalokato orohaṇavasena ‘‘adhomukhā’’ti vuttā. Aghasigamāti vehāsaṃgamā. Balīti balavanto. Javāti javanakā , balavanto ceva vegavanto cāti attho. Abhinimmitāti tava puññakammena nimmitā nibbattā. Sayaṃ nimmitameva vā sandhāya ‘‘abhinimmitā’’ti vuttaṃ nimmānaratibhāvato sirimāya devadhītāya. Pañcarathāsatāti gāthāsukhatthaṃ thakārassa dīghaṃ liṅgavipallāsañca katvā vuttaṃ, vibhattialopo vā daṭṭhabbo, pañca rathasatānīti attho. Anventi taṃ sārathicoditā hayāti sārathīhi coditā viya rathesu yuttā ime hayā bhadde, devate, taṃ anugacchanti. ‘‘Sārathiacoditā’’ti keci paṭhanti, sārathīhi acoditā eva anugacchantīti attho. ‘‘Sārathicoditā hayā’’ti ekaṃyeva vā padaṃ gāthāsukhatthaṃ dīghaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, sārathicoditahayā pañca rathasatāti yojanā.
138 你就是那样站着。站在最殊胜的车上。身体以六十车重那么多的天界饰物装扮着。你浑身放光,像燃烧的火焰、像明亮的火光一样站着;意思是说,你从四面八方放出光辉、燃烧般地站着。“光明”是月亮、太阳、星宿、星辰等发光体的通称。形体殊胜,就是具有最完美的身形,一切肢体都美妙动人。正因如此,相貌无瑕,就是没有低劣的相貌,令人爱看、令人欢喜。你究竟是从哪个天界,来到这位无上的正自觉者面前亲近承事?你已经来到、已经到达了。巴利
138.Sā tiṭṭhasīti sā tvaṃ tiṭṭhasi. Rathavareti rathuttame. Alaṅkatāti saṭṭhisakaṭabhārehi dibbālaṅkārehi alaṅkatasarīrā. Obhāsayaṃ jalamiva joti pāvakoti obhāsentī jotiriva jalantī pāvako viya ca tiṭṭhasi, samantato obhāsentī jalantī tiṭṭhasīti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Jotī’’ti ca candimasūriyanakkhattatārakarūpānaṃ sādhāraṇanāmaṃ. Varatanūti uttamarūpadhare sabbaṅgasobhane. Tato eva anomadassane alāmakadassane, dassanīye pāsādiketi attho. Kasmā nu kāyā anadhivaraṃ upāgamīti kuto nāma devakāyato anuttaraṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ payirupāsanāya upagañchi upagatāsi.
那位长老这样一问,那位天神就表明自己的身份,说道:巴利
Evaṃ therena pucchitā sā devatā attānaṃ āvikarontī –
“ 诸天神已臻欲乐之极,谓此无上,化作又化,嬉戏欢悦;
我自彼天众中来此,天女具欲界妙色,为礼敬无上世尊。”巴利
‘‘Kāmaggapattānaṃ yamāhunuttaraṃ, nimmāya nimmāya ramanti devatā; Tasmā kāyā accharā kāmavaṇṇinī, idhāgatā anadhivaraṃ namassitu’’nti. –
139 在那里,对于达到欲乐顶点的天众,人们称为无上的——是指他化自在天的天神们,他们因受用欲乐而达到最殊胜的状态,人们说那个天众无论从名声还是财富等方面来看都是无上的,所以说是“从那个天众”。化乐天的天神们自己随心所欲地化现种种欲乐,不断化现、不断享受,游戏、欢闹、沉醉其中,因此名为化乐天。因此说“从那个天众”,也就是从化乐天的天众中。具欲色,是指带着欲的色相,能随心意显现各种身相。来至此地,是指来到这个人世间,或者说来到这个人界。巴利
139. Tattha kāmaggapattānaṃ yamāhunuttaranti kāmūpabhogehi aggabhāvaṃ pattānaṃ paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ yaṃ devakāyaṃ yasena bhogādivasena ca anuttaranti vadanti, tato kāyā. Nimmāya nimmāya ramanti devatāti nimmānaratidevatā attanā yathārucite kāme sayaṃ nimminitvā nimminitvā ramanti kīḷanti laḷantā abhiramanti. Tasmā kāyāti tasmā nimmānaratidevanikāyā . Kāmavaṇṇinīti kāmarūpadharā yathicchitarūpadhārinī. Idhāgatāti idha imasmiṃ manussaloke, imaṃ vā manussalokaṃ āgatā.
天神这样说明了自己是化乐天女之后,长老又想让她讲一讲她过去世的情况、那时所修的福业以及所持的见解,于是——巴利
Evaṃ devatāya attano nimmānaratidevatābhāve kathite puna thero tassā purimabhavaṃ tattha katapuññakammaṃ laddhiñca kathāpetukāmo –
你过去修过什么样的善行?凭什么,你如今拥有无量的荣光,幸福而繁荣?
你的神变无与伦比,能在空中飞行;你的色相照耀十方。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ tvaṃ pure sucaritamācarīdha, kenacchasi tvaṃ amitayasā sukhedhitā; Iddhī ca te anadhivarā vihaṅgamā, vaṇṇo ca te dasa disā virocati.
你被众天神围绕着,正受到恭敬,
你从何处死后投生到了善道,成了天神?
你听从谁的话或遵守谁的教导呢?
如果你真是佛陀的弟子,就请告诉我。她诵出了两首偈颂。巴利
‘‘Devehi tvaṃ parivutā sakkatā casi, Kuto cutā sugatigatāsi devate; Kassa vā tvaṃ vacanakarānusāsaniṃ, Ācikkha me tvaṃ yadi buddhasāvikā’’ti. – dve gāthā abhāsi;
140 这里,“ācarī”是拉长音节的读法,意思是“积累”。“idha”只是个虚词,或者指“在这个天人的身体中”。“kenacchasī”是说:你凭哪种福德业而安住在这里?也有人读作“kenāsi tvaṃ”。“amitayasā”是说名声无量,也就是拥有无数的随从。“sukhedhitā”是说由安乐所滋养、成长,意思是充分享受了天界的快乐。“iddhī”指天界的神通威力。“anadhivarā”是说没有比他更殊胜、更卓越的,即无有其它胜过此者,意思是极其殊胜。“vihaṅgamā”指在虚空中行走者。“dasa disā”指十个方向。“virocatī”指照耀。巴利
140. Tattha ācarīti dīghaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, upacinīti attho. Idhāti nipātamattaṃ, idha vā imasmiṃ devattabhāve. Kenacchasīti kena puññakammena assatthā acchasi. ‘‘Kenāsi tva’’nti keci paṭhanti. Amitayasāti na mitayasā anappakaparivārā. Sukhedhitāti sukhena vaḍḍhitā, suparibrūhitadibbasukhāti attho. Iddhīti dibbānubhāvo. Anadhivarāti adhikā visiṭṭhā aññā etissā natthīti anadhivarā, atiuttamāti attho. Vihaṅgamāti vehāsagāminī. Dasa disāti dasapi disā. Virocatīti obhāseti.
141 你被四面八方围绕着、受到尊敬。你是从五趣中的哪一趣死后,以结生的方式投生到这善趣——这天界的?或者,你是听从了哪位导师的教法,以接受教诫与教导而成为奉行教诫的人?也就是说,你是听从了哪位导师的言教,安住在哪位指导者的教导中?这里的含义应当这样理解。就这样,先以非指定方式询问她的信仰,然后又以指定方式问道:“请告诉我,你是不是佛陀的声闻弟子。”其中,“佛陀的声闻弟子”:因为世尊以自生智将一切所应知之法如同掌中的余甘子一样现前亲证,所以称为“佛陀”;而她是在听闻世尊说法时出生的,所以称为“佛陀的声闻弟子”。巴利
141.Parivutāsakkatā casīti samantato parivāritā sambhāvitā ca asi. Kuto cutā sugatigatāsīti pañcasu gatīsu kataragatito cutā hutvā sugatiṃ imaṃ devagatiṃ paṭisandhivasena upagatā asi. Kassa vā tvaṃ vacanakarānusāsaninti kassa nu vā satthu sāsane pāvacane ovādānusāsanisampaṭicchanena tvaṃ vacanakarā asīti yojanā. Kassa vā tvaṃ satthu vacanakarā anusāsakassa anusiṭṭhiyaṃ patiṭṭhānenāti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Evaṃ anuddesikavasena tassā laddhiṃ pucchitvā puna uddesikavasena ‘‘ācikkha me tvaṃ yadi buddhasāvikā’’ti pucchati. Tattha buddhasāvikāti sabbampi ñeyyadhammaṃ sayambhuñāṇena hatthatale āmalakaṃ viya paccakkhato buddhattā buddhassa bhagavato dhammassavanante jātāti buddhasāvikā.
天神讲述长老所问之义时,诵出了这些偈颂:巴利
Evaṃ therena pucchitamatthaṃ kathentī devatā imā gāthā abhāsi –
在群山之间,那座宏伟的城市圆满建成之后,我是那位具足吉祥的殊胜国王的女仆。
我在舞蹈和歌唱方面受过极好的训练,在王舍城里,人们都叫我吉祥者。巴利
‘‘Nagantare nagaravare sumāpite, paricārikā rājavarassa sirimato; Nacce gīte paramasusikkhitā ahuṃ, sirimāti maṃ rājagahe avediṃsu.
仙人中牛王、调御者佛陀,为我开示集、苦与无常;
无为、苦灭常住,及此不曲、正直、安隐之道。巴利
‘‘Buddho ca me isinisabho vināyako, adesayī samudayadukkhaniccataṃ; Asaṅkhataṃ dukkhanirodha sassataṃ, maggañcimaṃ akuṭilamañjasaṃ sivaṃ.
我听说了如来——那位无上者的教法——那是不死的境界、无为的涅槃。
我在戒律上守护得极其严谨,安住于人中最胜的佛陀所宣说的法中。巴利
‘‘Sutvānahaṃ amatapadaṃ asaṅkhataṃ, tathāgatassanadhivarassa sāsanaṃ; Sīlesvahaṃ paramasusaṃvutā ahuṃ, dhamme ṭhitā naravarabuddhadesite.
我明白了无上的如来所教导的无垢、无为的境界。
就在那里,我证得了止与定,那正是我最终的决定性状态。巴利
‘‘Ñatvānahaṃ virajapadaṃ asaṅkhataṃ, tathāgatenanadhivarena desitaṃ; Tatthevahaṃ samathasamādhimāphusiṃ, sāyeva me paramaniyāmatā ahu.
我已经得到了无死的殊胜妙法,在现观中获得了确定的殊胜。
我毫无疑问地受到大众的崇敬,正享受着极大的嬉戏之乐。巴利
‘‘Laddhānahaṃ amatavaraṃ visesanaṃ, ekaṃsikā abhisamaye visesiya; Asaṃsayā bahujanapūjitā ahaṃ, khiḍḍāratiṃ paccanubhomanappakaṃ.
就这样,我是见不死的天神,是无上如来的女弟子。
见法者已安住在初果,成为入流者,不再有恶趣。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ ahaṃ amatadasamhi devatā, tathāgatassanadhivarassa sāvikā; Dhammaddasā paṭhamaphale patiṭṭhitā, sotāpannā na ca pana matthi duggati.
她为了礼敬无上士而走上前去,也亲近那些令人心生净信、乐于修善的诸比丘。
顶礼吉祥的沙门僧团,并怀着恭敬顶礼具足福德的法王。巴利
‘‘Sā vandituṃ anadhivaraṃ upāgamiṃ, pāsādike kusalarate ca bhikkhavo; Namassituṃ samaṇasamāgamaṃ sivaṃ, sagāravā sirimato dhammarājino.
“ 看见牟尼心生欢喜、感到满足,看见如来——人中至尊、调御可调御者的御者;
我礼敬那位断除渴爱、乐于善法、引导众生的人——他怀着无上的利他与悲悯。”巴利
‘‘Disvā muniṃ muditamanamhi pīṇitā, tathāgataṃ naravaradammasārathiṃ; Taṇhacchidaṃ kusalarataṃ vināyakaṃ, vandāmahaṃ paramahitānukampaka’’nti.
142 其中,“诸山之间”是指伊尸耆利、毗富罗、毗婆罗、般荼婆、灵鹫这五座山之间、正中央的地方,这座城因此被称为“吉利婆阇”。“最上城中”是指最上等的城市,说的是王舍城。“妥善建造”是指由大典尊智者按照建筑术正确建造。“侍者”是指以歌舞承事供养的女侍。“大王”是指频婆娑罗大王。“具祥瑞者”:对此,有人说“祥瑞是智慧和功德的同义词”。或者也可以这样理解:由功德所生的身体圆满等种种成就,依止于已作功德,或者被已作功德所依止,所以称为“祥瑞”;他具有这种祥瑞,所以是“具祥瑞者”,这里指的就是他。“极善训练”是指极为正确、充分地学习训练。“曾是”就是“我曾是”。“了知”就是他们知道了。巴利
142. Tattha nagantareti isigilivepullavebhārapaṇḍavagijjhakūṭasaṅkhātānaṃ pañcannaṃ pabbatānaṃ antare vemajjhe, yato taṃ nagaraṃ ‘‘giribbaja’’nti vuccati . Nagaravareti uttamanagare, rājagahaṃ sandhāyāha. Sumāpiteti mahāgovindapaṇḍitena vatthuvijjāvidhinā sammadeva nivesite. Paricārikāti saṃgītaparicariyāya upaṭṭhāyikā. Rājavarassāti bimbisāramahārājassa. Sirimatoti ettha ‘‘sirīti buddhipuññānaṃ adhivacana’’nti vadanti. Atha vā puññanibbattā sarīrasobhaggādisampatti katapuññaṃ nissayati, katapuññehi vā nissīyatīti ‘‘sirī’’ti vuccati, sā etassa atthīti sirimā, tassa sirimato. Paramasusikkhitāti ativiya sammadeva ca sikkhitā. Ahunti ahosiṃ. Avediṃsūti aññāsuṃ.
143 “仙人中的公牛”是这样:一百头牛里的头领叫公牛,一千头牛里的头领叫大公牛;或者一百群牛里的头领叫公牛,一千群牛里的头领叫大公牛;而在所有牛当中最殊胜、能承受一切危险、白色、庄严、能背负重担、即使听到上百声雷响也不动摇的,就叫作“牛王”。这头牛王凭着自己的牛王之力,用四只脚压住大地,不被任何危险所动摇,以不动的姿态站立。同样,世尊具足十种如来之力,以四无畏为脚,压住八种大众所在的大地,在包括天界在内的整个世间中,不被任何敌人或对手所动摇,以不动的姿态站立。因此,他就像牛王一样,所以称为“牛王”。在那些因为寻求戒等法蕴之义而被称为“仙人”的有学与无学仙人当中,他是牛王;或者说他是仙人中的牛王;又或者说他既是仙人又是牛王,所以叫“仙人中的公牛”。能引导应当受教化的众生,所以叫“导师”。又因为没有能引导他的人,所以叫“导师”;意思就是“自生者”。巴利
143.Isinisabhoti gavasatajeṭṭhako usabho, gavasahassajeṭṭhako vasabho, vajasatajeṭṭhako vā usabho, vajasahassajeṭṭhako vasabho, sabbagavaseṭṭho sabbaparissayasaho seto pāsādiko mahābhāravaho asanisatasaddehipi asampakampiyo nisabho. Rathā so attano nisabhabalena samannāgato catūhi pādehi pathaviṃ uppīḷetvā kenaci parissayena akampiyo acalaṭṭhānena tiṭṭhati, evaṃ bhagavā dasahi tathāgatabalehi samannāgato catūhi vesārajjapādehi aṭṭhaparisapathaviṃ uppīḷetvā sadevake loke kenaci paccatthikena paccāmittena akampiyo acalaṭṭhānena tiṭṭhati, tasmā nisabho viyāti nisabho. Sīlādīnaṃ dhammakkhandhānaṃ esanaṭṭhena ‘‘isī’’ti laddhavohāresu sekkhāsekkhaisīsu nisabho, isīnaṃ vā nisabho, isi ca so nisabho cāti vā isinisabho. Veneyyasatte vinetīti vināyako, nāyakavirahitoti vā vināyako, sayambhūti attho.
他开示了集、苦与无常,也就是开示了集谛和苦谛的无常性、坏灭性。通过这句话,他显示了自己现观智生起的行相:“凡是集起之法,一切都会灭尽。”或者,“集、苦、无常”是指集谛、苦谛和无常性。其中,提到集谛和苦谛,是显示观修所依的基础;提到无常性,是显示观修生起的行相。因为当诸行的无常相被阐明时,苦相和无我相也就自然被阐明了,它们都依于无常相。因此说:“凡是无常的,就是苦;凡是苦的,就是无我。”无为、苦灭、常住:不被任何因缘造作,所以是无为;一切时都如此存在,所以是常住;因为是一切轮回之苦的灭尽,所以是苦灭——他也为我开示了这圣谛。连接起来说:以及这条不弯曲、正直、吉祥的道路:这条道因为避开了两个极端,断除了能造成弯曲的欺诈等以及身体的歪曲等,所以是不弯曲的;正因如此,它是正直的;又因为断除了能造成不吉祥的贪欲等,所以是吉祥的涅槃。所谓“道”,是求解脱涅槃的人所寻求的,或者说是灭除烦恼而趣向的,因此得名为“道”——他也为我开示了这被称为趣向苦灭之道的圣谛,它已成为你和我的亲证。巴利
Adesayī samudayadukkhaniccatanti samudayasaccassa ca dukkhasaccassa ca aniccataṃ vayadhammataṃ abhāsi. Tena ‘‘yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti attano abhisamayañāṇassa pavattiākāraṃ dasseti. Samudayadukkhaniccatanti vā samudayasaccañca dukkhasaccañca aniccatañca. Tattha samudayasaccadukkhasaccaggahaṇena vipassanāya bhūmiṃ dasseti, aniccatāgahaṇena tassā pavattiākāraṃ dasseti. Saṅkhārānañhi aniccākāre vibhāvite dukkhākāro anattākāropi vibhāvitoyeva hoti taṃnibandhanattā tesaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘yadaniccaṃ, taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ, tadanattā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.15). Asaṅkhataṃ dukkhanirodhasassatanti kenaci paccayena na saṅkhatanti asaṅkhataṃ , sabbakālaṃ tathabhāvena sassataṃ, sakalavaṭṭadukkhanirodhabhāvato dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccañca me adesayīti yojanā. Maggañcimaṃ akuṭilamañjasaṃ sivanti antadvayaparivajjanena kuṭilabhāvakarānaṃ māyādīnaṃ kāyavaṅkādīnañca pahānena akuṭilaṃ, tato eva añjasaṃ, asivabhāvakarānaṃ kāmarāgādīnaṃ samucchindanena sivaṃ nibbānaṃ. Magganti nibbānatthikehi maggīyati, kilese vā mārento gacchatīti ‘‘maggo’’ti laddhanāmaṃ idaṃ tumhākañca mamañca paccakkhabhūtaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadāsaṅkhātaṃ ariyasaccañca me adesayīti yojanā.
144 我听闻了不死之境、无为法,以及如来、无上者的教法。这里简略的意思是:如来,因为以“如此而来”等含义得名如来;因为在包括天界的世间中最为殊胜,所以是无上者;正自觉者是为了不死之境、无为的涅槃而宣说这教法,又因为这教法是通向不死涅槃的方法,并且不是任何人所能造作的,所以称为不死之境、无为的教法、正法——我听闻了。我在诸戒中:我对于应当圆满成就的诸戒。极善防护:极为妥善地防护。曾是:我曾是。住立于法:住立于修行之法。巴利
144.Sutvānahaṃ amatapadaṃ asaṅkhataṃ, tathāgatassanadhivarassa sāsananti ettha ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – tathā āgamanādiatthena tathāgatassa, sadevake loke aggabhāvato anadhivarassa, sammāsambuddhassa amatapadaṃ asaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ uddissa desitattā, amatassa vā nibbānassa paṭipajjanupāyattā kenacipi asaṅkharaṇīyattā ca amatapadaṃ asaṅkhataṃ sāsanaṃ saddhammaṃ ahaṃ sutvānāti. Sīlesvahanti sīlesu nipphādetabbesu ahaṃ. Paramasusaṃvutāti ativiya sammadeva saṃvutā. Ahunti ahosiṃ. Dhamme ṭhitāti paṭipattidhamme patiṭṭhitā.
145 了知:以证悟现观的方式了知。即于彼处:就在那一刹那,或者就在那同一个生命体当中。触证了止定:由于断除敌对之法而寂静、止息,成为究竟寂止的出世间定,我触证了、达到了。虽然证悟灭的现观那一刹那,道的修习现观也在同一刹那发生,但为了把所缘的通达显示为就像修习通达的前行条件一样,才这样表述。巴利
145.Ñatvānāti sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena jānitvā. Tatthevāti tasmiṃyeva khaṇe, tasmiṃyeva vā attabhāve. Samathasamādhimāphusinti paccanīkadhammānaṃ samucchedavasena samanato vūpasamanato paramatthasamathabhūtaṃ lokuttarasamādhiṃ āphusiṃ adhigacchiṃ. Yadipi yasmiṃ khaṇe nirodhassa sacchikiriyābhisamayo, tasmiṃyeva khaṇe maggassa bhāvanābhisamayo, ārammaṇapaṭivedhaṃ pana bhāvanāpaṭivedhasseva purimasiddhikāraṇaṃ viya katvā dassetuṃ –
“ 我证知了离尘、无为之境,那是无上如来所宣说的。”巴利
‘‘Ñatvānahaṃ virajapadaṃ asaṅkhataṃ, tathāgatenanadhivarena desitaṃ’’.
在这里,我说的“我触证了止与定”,就像“缘于眼和诸色,生起眼识”这种说法一样。或者应当知道,“了知”是就同时发生而说的,比如“驱散一切黑暗后,太阳升上天空”。所谓“那正是”,就是说所获得的对出世间定的触证,正是它。“最上决定性”则是指最殊胜、最上等的道的决定性。巴利
Tatthevahaṃ ‘samathasamādhimāphusi’nti vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.400; 3.421; saṃ. ni. 4.60). Ñatvānāti vā samānakālavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ yathā ‘‘nihantvāna tamaṃ sabbaṃ, ādicco nabhamuggato’’ti. Sāyevāti yā lokuttarasamādhiphusanā laddhā, sāyeva. Paramaniyāmatāti paramā uttamā magganiyāmatā.
146 “殊胜”是指与凡夫相比更为超胜、能成就殊胜境界。“决然”是指对三宝怀有坚定不移的信受,即“世尊是正自觉者,法是善说的,僧团是善行道者”,对三宝毫无疑惑。“由现观而得殊胜”是指通过证悟真理而达到殊胜。也有人读作“visesinī”,意思是因现观而具足殊胜。“无疑”是指因为已经断除了十六种和八种疑惑,所以远离疑虑。有些版本读作“asaṃsiyā”。“为众人所崇敬”是指被善趣的他人所仰慕的功德。“游戏乐”是指嬉戏般的喜乐,或者是指嬉戏与喜乐、嬉戏安住与喜乐之乐。巴利
146.Visesananti puthujjanehi visesakaṃ visiṭṭhabhāvasādhakaṃ. Ekaṃsikāti ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti ekaṃsagāhavatī ratanattaye nibbicikicchā. Abhisamaye visesiyāti saccapaṭivedhavasena visesaṃ patvā. ‘‘Visesinī’’tipi paṭhanti, abhisamayahetu visesavatīti attho. Asaṃsayāti soḷasavatthukāya aṭṭhavatthukāya ca vicikicchāya pahīnattā apagatasaṃsayā. ‘‘Asaṃsiyā’’ti keci paṭhanti. Bahujanapūjitāti sugatīhi parehi patthanīyaguṇāti attho. Khiḍḍāratinti khiḍḍābhūtaṃ ratiṃ, atha vā khiḍḍañca ratiñca khiḍḍāvihārañca ratisukhañca.
147 我是见到不死的人,我见到了不死,即涅槃。我是见到法的人,我已照见四圣谛法。我是入流者,我已经初次到达圣道之流。而且我再也不会堕入恶趣,因为我已经属于不退堕之法。巴利
147.Amatadasamhīti amatadasā nibbānadassāvinī amhi. Dhammaddasāti catusaccadhammaṃ diṭṭhavatī. Sotāpannāti ariyamaggasotaṃ ādito pattā. Na ca pana matthi duggatīti na ca pana me atthi duggati avinipātadhammattā.
148 “令人净信”是指能带来净信。“乐善”是指在善法、无过失法和涅槃中感到喜乐。“比丘们”是说比丘们前来礼敬,这是句子的连接。他们前来亲近沙门们吉祥的聚集,也就是亲近那些已止息诸恶的沙门、佛陀与佛弟子,亲近吉祥的法与安稳的聚会,这是句子的关联。“在吉祥法王处”是属格用作处格,意思是在吉祥的法王那里。也有人这样读。巴利
148.Pāsādiketi pasādāvahe. Kusalarateti kusale anavajjadhamme nibbāne rate. Bhikkhavoti bhikkhū namassituṃ upāgaminti yojanā. Samaṇasamāgamaṃ sivanti samaṇānaṃ samitapāpānaṃ buddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ sivañca dhammaṃ khemaṃ samāgamaṃ saṅgamaṃ payirupāsituṃ upāgaminti sambandho. Sirimato dhammarājinoti bhummatthe sāmivacanaṃ. Sirimati dhammarājinīti attho. Evameva ca keci paṭhanti.
149 我心喜悦,就是内心充满欣喜。饱足,就是满足,或者因为喜乐之味而感到满足。人中最上调御师,意思是他既是人中最上者,因为他是最上士,又是调御师,因为他引导那些应当被调御、有缘的众生趋向涅槃,所以称为人中最上调御师,指的就是他。以最上利益怜悯者,意思是他以最上、最高的利益怜悯一切众生。巴利
149.Muditamanamhīti moditamanā amhi. Pīṇitāti tuṭṭhā, pītirasavasena vā tittā. Naravaradammasārathinti naravaro ca so aggapuggalattā, dammānaṃ dametabbānaṃ veneyyānaṃ nibbānābhimukhaṃ sāraṇato dammasārathi cāti naravaradammasārathi, taṃ. Paramahitānukampakanti paramena uttamena hitena sabbasattānaṃ anukampakaṃ.
斯利玛天女就这样通过表明自己所获得的见解,表达了对三宝的净信,礼敬世尊和比丘僧团,右绕之后,便回到了天界。世尊以这件事作为因缘,宣说了法。说法结束时,那位心生厌离的比丘证得了阿拉汉果,在场的大众也从那次说法中获得了利益。巴利
Evaṃ sirimā devadhītā attano laddhipavedanamukhena ratanattaye pasādaṃ pavedetvā bhagavantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā devalokameva gatā. Bhagavā tameva otiṇṇavatthuṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā dhammaṃ desesi, desanāpariyosāne ukkaṇṭhitabhikkhu arahattaṃ pāpuṇi, sampattaparisāyapi sā dhammadesanā sātthikā jātāti.
《理发师天宫解说》巴利
17. Kesakārīvimānavaṇṇanā
这座天宫美丽又光明,指的就是理发师的天宫。它的来历是什么呢?世尊当时住在波罗奈城的仙人堕处鹿野苑。那时,许多比丘在上午穿好下衣,拿着钵和袈裟,进入波罗奈乞食。他们经过一位婆罗门的家门口。那户人家里,婆罗门的女儿名叫理发师,正靠近门口帮母亲捉头上的虱子,看见那些比丘走过,就对母亲说:“妈妈,这些出家人正处在青春年少,相貌端正,庄严好看,娇嫩柔美,看起来没有被什么衰损折磨过,为什么他们在这个年纪就出家了呢?”母亲对她说:“女儿,有一位释迦族出身、从释迦族出家而成佛的佛陀出现在世间。他宣说的法,开头好、中间好、结尾也好,有意义又有文采,完整圆满,开示完全清净的梵行。这些人就是听了他的法之后出家的。”巴利
Idaṃ vimānaṃ ruciraṃ pabhassaranti kesakārīvimānaṃ. Tassa kā uppatti? Bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya bārāṇasiṃ piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Te aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa gehadvārasamīpena gacchanti. Tasmiñca gehe brāhmaṇassa dhītā kesakārī nāma gehadvārasamīpe mātu sīsato ūkā gaṇhantī te bhikkhū gacchante disvā mātaraṃ āha ‘‘amma, ime pabbajitā paṭhamena yobbanena samannāgatā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā sukhumālā kenaci pārijuññena anabhibhūtā maññe, kasmā nu kho ime imasmiṃyeva vaye pabbajantī’’ti ? Taṃ mātā āha ‘‘atthi, amma, sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito buddho loke uppanno, so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ, parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti, tassa ime dhammaṃ sutvā pabbajantī’’ti.
那时,有一位已经证得圣果、通达法教的近事男,正沿着那条街走来,听到这番话便来到她们跟前。那位婆罗门女问他:“近事男,如今有许多善男子,舍弃了庞大的财富和众多的亲属,在释迦的教法中出家。他们究竟是看到了什么意义才出家的呢?”近事男听后回答:“是因为看到了诸欲的过患,也看到了出离的功德。”随后,他根据自己的智慧与能力,把这个道理详细地解说,宣说了三宝的功德,并开示了持守五戒在今世与来世的利益和功德。于是,那位婆罗门少女问他:“我们也能安住于三皈依和戒,证得您所说的这些功德利益吗?”他回答:“这些法是世尊为一切众生普遍宣说的,怎么会不能呢?”说完便授予了她三皈依和五戒。她受持了三皈依和五戒之后,又问:“除此之外,还有什么应该做的吗?”他观察到她聪慧明理,知道“她应是具足资粮的人”,于是为她分析身体的构成,讲解了“三十二身分”这一业处,令她对身体生起离贪之心;接着又以与无常等相应的法义使她心生警醒,为她指出了修观的道路,随后便离去了。她把刚才听到的所有方法都如理作意,心于厌恶作意中得定,进而修习毗婆舍那,由于资粮具足,不久便安住于入流果。后来,她命终之后,投生为帝释天王的随从天女,拥有十万名天女的眷属。帝释天王见到她后,心生稀有与惊叹,满怀喜悦——巴利
Tena ca samayena āgataphalo viññātasāsano aññataro upāsako tāya vīthiyā gacchanto taṃ kathaṃ sutvā tāsaṃ santikaṃ upasaṅkami. Atha naṃ brāhmaṇī āha ‘‘etarahi kho upāsaka bahū kulaputtā mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ mahantaṃ ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya sakyasamaye pabbajanti, te kiṃ nu kho atthavasaṃ sampassantā pabbajantī’’ti? Taṃ sutvā upāsako ‘‘kāmesu ādīnavaṃ, nekkhamme ca ānisaṃsaṃ sampassantā’’ti vatvā attano ñāṇabalānurūpaṃ tamatthaṃ vitthārato kathesi, tiṇṇañca ratanānaṃ guṇe pakāsesi, pañcannaṃ sīlānaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ samparāyikañca guṇānisaṃsaṃ pavedesi. Atha brāhmaṇadhītā taṃ ‘‘kiṃ amhehipi saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāya tayā vutte guṇānisaṃse adhigantuṃ sakkā’’ti pucchi. So ‘‘sabbasādhāraṇā ime dhammā bhagavatā bhāsitā, kasmā na sakkā’’ti vatvā tassā saraṇāni ca sīlāni ca adāsi. Sā gahitasaraṇā samādinnasīlā ca hutvā puna āha ‘‘kiṃ ito uttari aññampi karaṇīyaṃ atthī’’ti. So tassā viññubhāvaṃ sallakkhento ‘‘upanissayasampannā bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā sarīrasabhāvaṃ vibhāvento dvattiṃsākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā kāye virāgaṃ uppādetvā upari aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya saṃvejetvā vipassanāmaggaṃ ācikkhitvā gato. Sā tena vuttanayaṃ sabbaṃ manasi katvā paṭikūlamanasikāre samāhitacittā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā upanissayasampattiyā na cirasseva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Athāparena samayena kālaṃ katvā sakkassa devarañño paricārikā hutvā nibbatti, satasahassañcassā accharāparivāro ahosi. Taṃ sakko devarājā disvā acchariyabbhutacittajāto pamuditahadayo –
这座天宫明亮又美丽,琉璃柱子恒常善加化作。
金树从四面八方把我这住处团团围住,这里是我的业果所生。巴利
‘‘Idaṃ vimānaṃ ruciraṃ pabhassaraṃ, veḷuriyathambhaṃ satataṃ sunimmitaṃ; Suvaṇṇarukkhehi samantamotthataṃ, ṭhānaṃ mamaṃ kammavipākasambhavaṃ.
往昔投生到这里的那些天女,有十万之众,都是凭着自己所作的业而来;
你已亲近而来,具足名声,你站在那里放光,往昔的诸天女。巴利
‘‘Tatrūpapannā purimaccharā imā, sataṃ sahassāni sakena kammunā; Tuvaṃsi ajjhupagatā yasassinī, obhāsayaṃ tiṭṭhasi pubbadevatā.
如明月凌驾(群星)而昭昭明耀,如星宿之王(映夺)繁星之众;
如是,你于此天女群中容光焕发,以威名而赫赫照耀。巴利
‘‘Sasī adhiggayha yathā virocati, nakkhattarājāriva tārakāgaṇaṃ; Tatheva tvaṃ accharāsaṅgaṇaṃ imaṃ, daddallamānā yasasā virocasi.
“ 你究竟是从哪里来,容颜殊妙者,投生到我这座宫殿里的?
就像众天神、三十三天和帝释天神一起仰望梵天那样,我们所有人看着你,怎么看都看不够。”巴利
‘‘Kuto nu āgamma anomadassane, upapannā tvaṃ bhavanaṃ mamaṃ idaṃ; Brahmaṃva devā tidasā sahindakā, sabbe na tappāmase dassanena ta’’nti. –
他用这四首偈颂问她过去所造的业。巴利
Catūhi gāthāhi tāya katakammaṃ pucchi.
150 这里,“天宫”是指那位天女投生其中的天宫,她是就自己的天宫而说的。“常”要和“愉悦”“光辉”连起来理解,也就是一切时候都愉悦、光辉。或者,“常”是指平整铺展,意思是极其宽广。“四周覆盖”是指四周都铺满、遮覆。“住处”说的还是这座天宫,因为造福业的人安住在这里,所以称为住处。“从业果所生”是指以业果的状态而生,或者与业果一同生起。“我的”应当和“我的住处、我从业果所生”这两个短语连起来理解。巴利
150. Tattha idaṃ vimānanti yasmiṃ vimāne sā devatā uppannā, taṃ attano vimānaṃ sandhāyāha. Satatanti sabbakālaṃ ruciraṃ pabhassaranti yojanā. Satatanti vā sammātataṃ, ativiya vitthiṇṇanti attho. Samantamotthatanti samantato avatthataṃ chāditaṃ. Ṭhānanti vimānameva sandhāya vadati. Tañhi tiṭṭhanti ettha katapuññāti ṭhānanti vuccati. Kammavipākasambhavanti kammavipākabhāvena sambhūtaṃ, kammavipākena vā saha sambhūtaṃ. Mamanti idaṃ mama ṭhānaṃ mama kammavipākasambhavanti dvīhipi padehi yojetabbaṃ.
151 对于“于彼处投生”这一偈,简略的含义是:在那里,也就是在前面所说的那座天宫里,已投生,即已出生。这些从前的天女,也就是先前的那些天女,因为出生得更早,所以数量有十万。你是:你凭自己的业而前来,投生到那里。具荣光者:具足眷属,因此你现在正以自己的业、以业的威力而照耀,光明灿烂地安住着。巴利
151.Tatrūpapannāti gāthāya ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – tatra tasmiṃ yathāvutte vimāne upapannāti nibbattā pageva uppannattā pubbadevatā imā purimā accharāyo parimāṇato sataṃ sahassāni. Tuvaṃsīti tvaṃ asi sakena kammunā ajjhupagatā upapannā. Yasassinīti parivārasampannā, teneva sakena kammunā kammānubhāvena obhāsayantī virocamānā tiṭṭhasīti.
152 现在,为了用譬喻来说明那个光辉,诵出了“月亮”这一偈。它的意思是:就像月亮因为具有兔形标记而被称为“月”,又因为在众星宿中功德超胜而获得“星宿王”之名,它统领并压过一切星群而照耀、辉煌;同样,你也在这些天女、天女众的集会中,以自己的名声极为闪耀地照耀着。这里,“这些”和“此”只是虚词。不过有些人读作“就像星宿王照耀星群,你也是如此”。巴利
152. Idāni tameva obhāsanaṃ upamāya vibhāvento ‘‘sasī’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – yathā sasalañchanayogena ‘‘sasī’’ti, nakkhattehi adhikaguṇatāya ‘‘nakkhattarājā’’ti ca laddhanāmo cando sabbaṃ tārakāgaṇaṃ adhiggayha abhibhavitvā virocati virājati, tatheva tvaṃ imaṃ accharānaṃ devakaññānaṃ gaṇaṃ samūhaṃ attano yasasā daddallamānā ativiya vijjotamānā virocasīti. Ettha ca ‘‘imā’’ti ‘‘ima’’nti ca nipātamattaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘nakkhattarājāriva tārāgaṇaṃ tatheva tva’’nti paṭhanti.
153 现在,为了询问那位天女的过去生以及她那时所修的福业,说出“你究竟从何而来”这一偈。其中,“你究竟从何而来”的意思是:贤善的、具足无上容色的、一切肢体都美妙庄严的天女啊,你是从哪一处、从哪一种福业之因,以结生的方式投生、来到我的住处呢?为了用譬喻说明“具无上容色”这个已经说过的含义,又说:“就像梵天神到来时,与帝释天神共住的三十三天众天神,全都因见到你而犹感不足。”其中意思是:如同梵天神——娑婆主或常童子梵天神——到来时,与帝释天神共住的三十三天众天神见到他,尚且因所见而不知满足;同样,我们所有天神见到你,也都不会满足。巴利
153. Idāni tassā devatāya purimabhavaṃ tattha katapuññañca pucchanto ‘‘kuto nu āgammā’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha kuto nu āgammāti kuto nu bhavato kuto nu puññakammato kāraṇabhūtato idaṃ mama bhavanaṃ āgamma bhadde anomadassane sabbaṅgasobhane tvaṃ upapannā uppattigahaṇavasena upagatā. ‘‘Anomadassane’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ upamāya pakāsento ‘‘brahmaṃva devā tidasā sahindakā, sabbe na tappāmase dassanena ta’’nti āha. Tattha yathā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ sanaṅkumāraṃ vā upagataṃ saha indenāti sahindakā tāvatiṃsā devā passantā dassanena na tappanti, evaṃ tava dassanena mayaṃ sabbe devā na tappāmaseti attho.
帝释天神——众天神之王——这样问了她之后,那位天神就阐明其中的义理:巴利
Evaṃ pana sakkena devānamindena pucchitā sā devatā tamatthaṃ pakāsentī –
帝释天神,你问我:从何处殁而来此处?
迦尸国有城名波罗奈,昔时我于彼处曾作理发女。巴利
‘‘Yametaṃ sakka anupucchase mamaṃ, kuto cutā tvaṃ idha āgatāti; Bārāṇasī nāma puratthi kāsinaṃ, tattha ahosiṃ pure kesakārikā.
“ 我们内心对佛和法有清净的信心,对僧伽也一向归投,毫无疑惑。
戒律学处完整无缺,已经获得果报,在正觉之法中决定不退,没有病苦灾患。”巴利
‘‘Buddhe ca dhamme ca pasannamānasā, saṅghe ca ekantagatā asaṃsayā; Akhaṇḍasikkhāpadā āgatapphalā, sambodhidhamme niyatā anāmayā’’ti. –
她说了这两首偈颂。巴利
Gāthadvayamāha.
154-5 在这里,“yam etaṃ”的意思是“那个问题”。“Anupucchasi”的意思是你顺着合适的方式发问。“Mamaṃ”就是“我”。“Puratthī”是“puraṃ atthi(有一座城)”的意思。“Kāsin”指迦尸国。“Kesakārikā”是她前世的名字。她通过“于佛与法”等话,说明了自己的福德。巴利
154-5. Tattha yametanti yaṃ etaṃ pañhanti attho. Anupucchaseti anukūlabhāvena pucchasi. Mamanti maṃ. Puratthīti puraṃ atthi. Kāsinanti kāsiraṭṭhassa. Kesakārikāti purimattabhāve attano nāmaṃ vadati. Buddheca dhamme cātiādinā attano puññaṃ vibhāveti.
接着,帝释天神随喜她的福德成就和天界的成就,便说道:巴利
Puna sakko tassā taṃ puññasampattiñca dibbasampattiñca anumodamāno –
我们为此欢喜,也欢迎你。
你因法与名声而光耀。
对于佛与法,怀着清净的心,
对僧团也一心归向,毫无疑惑;
于不缺不破之学处,已证其果;
于正觉法中,得决定、无病患——如是宣说。巴利
‘‘Tantyābhinandāmase svāgatañca te, Dhammena ca tvaṃ yasasā virocasi; Buddhe ca dhamme ca pasannamānase, Saṅghe ca ekantagate asaṃsaye; Akhaṇḍasikkhāpade āgatapphale, Sambodhidhamme niyate anāmaye’’ti. – āha;
156 在这里,“我们欢喜你”意思是:我们对你那两种成就都随喜、赞同。“善来”意思是:你来到这里,我们欢迎,这只会让我们的喜悦和快乐增长。其余部分,按前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
156. Tattha tantyābhinandāmaseti taṃ te duvidhampi sampattiṃ abhinandāma anumodāma. Svāgatañcateti tuyhañca idhāgamanaṃ svāgataṃ, amhākaṃ pītisomanassasaṃvaddhanameva. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
帝释天王把这件事告诉了尊者大目犍连长老,长老又转告了世尊。世尊就以这件事作为因由,为在场的大众开示法要。那次开示,让包括诸天神在内的世间都得到了利益。巴利
Taṃ pana pavattiṃ sakko devarājā āyasmato mahāmoggallānattherassa kathesi, thero bhagavato nivedesi. Bhagavā tamatthaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā sampattaparisāya dhammaṃ desesi. Sā desanā sadevakassa lokassa sātthikā jātāti.
就这样,在《小部注疏》的《天宫事》中,这部注疏名为《胜义明灯》,巴利
Iti paramatthadīpaniyā khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya vimānavatthusmiṃ
1 2 3 4